PLASTICS MFG CO
S-1, 1999-12-03
Previous: INTEGRATED COMMUNICATION NETWORKS INC, 10SB12G/A, 1999-12-03
Next: IVORY ACQUISITION CORP, 10SB12G, 1999-12-03



 As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 3, 1999
                                         Registration No. 333-__________


                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                           Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  FORM S-1
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                    UNDER
                         THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                             PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
                                     ______

       WISCONSIN                   3621                    39-1867101
   (State or other      (Primary Standard Industrial    (I.R.S. Employer
    jurisdiction of      Classification Code Number)     Identification
    incorporation or                                     No.)
    organization)

                               W190 N11701 MOLDMAKERS WAY
                          GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022-8214
                                   (414) 255-5790
    (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
     code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                                  SCOTT W. SCAMPINI
                              EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
                                PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                             W190 N11701 MOLDMAKERS WAY
                          GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022-8214
                                   (414) 255-5790

  (Name, address, including zip code and telephone number, including
   area code, of agent for service)

                                 WITH COPIES TO:
                             ARNOLD J. KIBURZ III
                RUDER, WARE & MICHLER, A LIMITED LIABILITY S.C.
                             500 THIRD STREET, SUITE 700
                              WAUSAU, WISCONSIN 54403
                                  (715) 845-4336

   Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  AS
   SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
   EFFECTIVE.

   If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
   offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under
   the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box. <square>
<PAGE>
   If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
   offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please
   check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
   statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for
   the same offering. <square>

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
   462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
   registration statement for the same offering. <square>
   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule
   462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the
   Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
   registration statement for the same offering. <square>
   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to
   Rule 434, please check the following box. <square>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 Title of each class of   Proposed maximum aggregate    Amount of
 securities to be         offering price (1):           registration fee
 registered:                                            (1):
<S>                        <C>                          <C>
  Common Stock             $7,951,360 (value of)        $2,100 (2)
<FN>
 (1)Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the
 registration fee under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended pursuant
 to (i) Rule 457(j) with respect to the Registrant's offer to repurchase
 722,490 shares and (ii) Rule 457(o) with respect to the sale for cash
 of 500,000 shares.
 (2)This amount has previously been paid.
</TABLE>
 THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE
 OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE
 REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES
 THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN
 ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,
 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH
 DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY
 DETERMINE.
<PAGE>
 PROSPECTUS
                         1,222,490 Shares

                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                           Common Stock

                       PRICE:  $12.00 A SHARE
                          ________________

     This is our initial public offering of shares of common stock of
 Plastics Mfg. Company.  We are offering to sell 500,000 shares of our
 common stock for cash at a price of $12.00 per share.  We are
 concurrently offering to repurchase up to 722,490 shares which were
 sold without registration under the Securities Act of 1933 at an
 average repurchase price of $2.70 per share, plus accrued interest.
 See "Rescission Offer."

     This is not an underwritten offering.  There is no minimum amount
 of stock which must be sold in the offering.  No public market
 currently exists for our shares and no market is expected to develop
 after the offering.  Our stock will not be listed on any national
 securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.
                         ________________

 SEE "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8 TO READ ABOUT MATERIAL RISKS YOU SHOULD
 CONSIDER BEFORE BUYING SHARES OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
                         _________________

                                         PER SHARE        TOTAL
     Initial public offering price        $12.00        $6,000,000
     (500,000 shares to be sold for cash)

 THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION AND STATE SECURITIES REGULATORS
 HAVE NOT APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED IF THIS
 PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE.  ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
 IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                        __________________

     We expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to purchasers
 on ____________.
                        __________________

              Prospectus dated ________________, 1999

 IN MAKING ANY INVESTMENT DECISION RELATING TO OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU
 SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  WE
 HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION DIFFERENT
 FROM THAT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  WE ARE OFFERING TO SELL SHARES
 OF COMMON STOCK AND SEEKING OFFERS TO BUY SHARES COMMON STOCK ONLY IN
 JURISDICTIONS WHERE OFFERS AND SALES ARE PERMITTED.  THE INFORMATION
 CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS IS ACCURATE ONLY AS OF THE DATE OF THIS
 PROSPECTUS OR OTHER DATE WE INCLUDE IN SUCH INFORMATION, REGARDLESS OF
 THE TIME OF DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY SALE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
<PAGE>
                         TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                           Page
 Prospectus Summary ..........................................1
 Risk Factors ................................................8
 Special Note With Respect to Forward-Looking Information ...22
 Use of Proceeds ............................................22
 Dividend Policy ............................................23
 Capitalization .............................................24
 Dilution ...................................................25
 Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated
 Financial Data............................................. 27
 Rescission Offer ...........................................29
 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of Operations ........................31
 Business ...................................................36
 Management .................................................46
 The MGS Group ..............................................52
 Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of Interest .......53
 Principal Stockholders .....................................56
 Description of Common Stock ................................57
 Shares Eligible for Future Sale ............................61
 Pricing of this Offering ...................................62
 Legal Matters ..............................................62
 Experts ....................................................62
 Additional Information .....................................63
 Index to Consolidated Financial Statements ................F-1

                                 i
<PAGE>
                        PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     THIS SUMMARY HIGHLIGHTS INFORMATION CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
 PROSPECTUS.  THIS SUMMARY DOES NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT
 YOU SHOULD CONSIDER BEFORE INVESTING IN OUR COMMON STOCK.  YOU SHOULD
 READ THE ENTIRE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY, ESPECIALLY THE RISKS OF INVESTING
 IN OUR COMMON STOCK DISCUSSED UNDER "RISK FACTORS" ON PAGE 8.

     In this prospectus, the terms "we," "us" and "our" refer to
 Plastics Mfg. Company.  Unless otherwise noted, these terms also
 include our wholly owned subsidiary, TecStar Mfg. Company.

                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

     We manufacture plastic parts through the injection molding process.
 Our manufacturing business is conducted through our wholly owned
 subsidiary, TecStar Mfg. Company.  Our principle executive offices are
 located at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin 53022-8214.
 Our telephone number is (262) 255-5790.

 PRODUCTS

     Our customers use the parts made by us to manufacture end-products
 or components for industry and the consumer markets.  For example, some
 of our plastic parts are now used to make cellular telephones, pagers,
 nailguns, and computers.

     Before part production can take place, the molds used to form the
 plastic must be designed, tested, and manufactured.  We often rely on
 affiliated companies to perform these steps in the production process.
 The relationship with affiliated companies allows us to offer a
 "turn-key" alternative for our customers at competitive prices.

 AFFILIATED COMPANIES - THE MGS GROUP.

     Twenty companies are affiliated with us through common ownership.
 These affiliated companies are collectively referred to as the "MGS
 Group."  Mark G. Sellers is our Chairman, President, and Chief
 Executive Officer and he controls directly or indirectly at least 51%
 of the voting interests of each company in the MGS Group.  Mr. Sellers
 and the MGS Group collectively own approximately 60% of our outstanding
 common stock and will continue to own at least 53% of our stock if
 500,000 shares of stock are sold in the offering.  In addition, Mr.
 Sellers and two of the MGS Group companies hold options with respect to
 an additional 5,000,000 shares.  See "Principal Stockholders."

                                 1
<PAGE>
     The principal companies in the MGS Group (and year of organization)
 are:

 <circle>MOLDMAKERS, INCORPORATED (1982)  - a full-service
         moldmaking and engineering facility producing high quality
         molds for the plastics industry in an expedited time frame.  In
         addition to making molds under subcontracts with us, its
         clients include the electrical, mechanical, medical,
         automotive, water treatment, appliance, and telecommunications
         industries, among others.

 <circle>O&S DESIGN, INC. (1989) - provides product development,
         consultation, and tool design for us, other MGS Group
         companies, and unrelated companies in the plastics industry;

 <circle>PROTOTYPE MOLD & DESIGN, INC. (1993) - has integrated
         on-site design capabilities to meet the program needs for
         product renderings, tool layout, detailed designs, engineering
         and machine tool programming for us, other MGS Group companies,
         and unrelated companies in the plastics industry;

 <circle>STATISTICAL PLASTICS CORPORATION (1995) - provides mold
         sampling of new and rebuilt tooling and develops processing
         parameters for high volume plastic part production primarily
         for us, other companies in the MGS Group, and unrelated
         companies in the plastics industry;

 <circle>MGS ENTERPRISES INC. (1993) - provides management,
         accounting, marketing and human resources services for us and
         other companies within the MGS Group;

 <circle>MOLDMAKERS LEASING & INVESTMENTS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,
         LLP (1988) - organized as a partnership in 1988 and reorganized
         as a limited liability partnership in 1995 to provide lease
         financing to us and other companies within the MGS Group.

 <circle>PCI CONSULTING AND LEASING, INC. (1994) - engaged in
         leasing and investment activities and provides financing to us
         and other companies within the MGS Group;

 <circle>CADD PLUS, INC. (1995) - a computer software and
         hardware provider, offering networking and other computer
         related products and services to us and other  companies within
         the MGS Group;

                                 2

 <circle>REDLINE, INC. (1993) - provides, among other services,
         full-service professional finishing and detailing of molds,
         including detailed mold polishing, professional finishing and
         detailing, high tolerance polishing, and diamond finishing to
         Society of Plastics Engineers standards using ultrasound
         polishing systems.  Its principal customers consist of
         companies within the MGS Group; and

 <circle>MOLDMAKERS DIE CAST TOOLING DIVISION, INC. (1996) - a
<PAGE>
         full service die cast moldmaking facility that produces die
         cast molds from metal alloys, including aluminum, zinc, and
         magnesium for the automotive and mechanical industries.

 STRATEGIC PLAN

     Our strategic plan is to become a leading national manufacturer of
 plastic parts.  To do this, we plan to:

 <circle>Increase our annual revenues; our strategic objective
         is to increase our annual revenue to $250,000,000 by the end of
         our 2004 fiscal year through acquisition of existing tool shops
         and plastic injection molding manufacturers, growing our
         revenues from current operations, and establishing new
         manufacturing facilities at various locations around the
         country;
 <circle> Add to our customer base;
 <circle>Continue to enhance our productive capacity and
         efficiency;
 <circle>Continue to capitalize on our relationship with the MGS
         Group while we strengthen our internal sales and marketing
         function to develop customers independently of the MGS Group;
 <circle>Continue to strengthen our management team;
 <circle>Create or acquire the ability to manufacture our own
         molds;
 <circle>Develop our proprietary equipment and processes; and
 <circle>Continue to develop our value added manufacturing and
         assembly operations techniques.

 COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     Although our business faces strong competition from many companies,
 we believe we have certain competitive strengths, including:

                                 3

 <circle>The ability to offer a fully integrated, "turn-key"
         service to manufacturers which purchase plastic parts and
         components from outside vendors as a result of our relationship
         with the MGS Group;
 <circle>The ability to compete as a low cost producer for many
         production orders as a result of our manufacturing and design
         efficiencies;
 <circle>A diversified customer base with production orders with
         approximately 10 Fortune 500 companies operating in the
         medical, automotive, appliance, telecommunication, cosmetic and
         computer markets; and
 <circle>Our quality and delivery times to market.

 ACQUISITIONS AND EXPANSION

     In order to attain our strategic objectives, we will need to
 acquire other businesses engaged in plastic injection molding and
 related toolmaking operations.  We have identified possible
 acquisitions and as of the date of this prospectus have begun
 negotiations with two companies.  We have not reached an agreement to
<PAGE>
 date with either acquisition candidate and may be unable to do so.  We
 expect to continue the process of identifying and evaluating possible
 acquisitions over the next several years.

     We have leased a facility in Forth Worth, Texas, effective January
 1, 2000.  This facility will provide 70,000 square feet to be used for
 plastic part production, 20,000 square feet for mold production, 40,000
 square feet of warehouse space, and 10,000 square feet for office and
 miscellaneous.  We intend to begin operations in Fort Worth during the
 second quarter of our 2000 fiscal year.  See "Business - Acquisitions
 and Expansion."

                       THE RESCISSION OFFER

     From August, 1999 through September, 1999, a total of 722,490
 shares of our common stock was sold by us and some of the MGS
 companies.  The proceeds of these sales received by us and the MGS
 Group was $1,951,360.  The common stock purchased was inadvertently not
 registered under federal or state law.  We are offering to repurchase
 these shares.  Stockholders who purchased stock from us or the members
 of the MGS Group during this period may return their shares to us and
 receive the amount they paid for the stock, plus interest at the rate
 prescribed by law.  Mr. Sellers and the companies of the MGS Group
 which sold these shares have agreed to purchase any shares which are
 returned to us.  Stockholders who do not elect to return their shares
 will have registered shares upon completion of the 30 day rescission
 period.  We do not anticipate that stockholders will exercise this
 return right.  See "Rescission Offer."

                                 4

                           THE OFFERING

 SALE OF NEW SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

     We are offering to sell our common stock at a price of $12.00 per
 share.  The common stock will be sold for us by our officers and
 employees.  No officer will receive a commission or other compensation
 for selling our stock.

 Common stock offered for cash:     500,000 shares
 Common stock subject to our
 offer to repurchase:               722,490 shares
 Common stock to be
 outstanding after this offering: 4,250,000 shares*

 Use of proceeds:                 Payment of certain outstanding debt,
                                  capital expenditures, working capital,
                                  acquisition expenses, and general
                                  corporate purposes.
 See "Use of Proceeds."

 *Includes 722,490 shares which are the subject of our rescission offer.

                 SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA
                   CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<PAGE>
     The table below provides you with our summary historical and pro
 forma financial information.  The following consolidated statement of
 operations data for the years ended September 30, 1998 and 1999 is
 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included
 elsewhere in this prospectus.

     In the table below, we also provide you with the following pro
 forma information:

     <circle>The pro forma data gives effect to the issuance of the
             500,000 shares of common stock offered in this prospectus
             as if it had occurred on September 30, 1999 and our receipt
             and use of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of
             those shares.

     <circle>The pro forma as adjusted data gives effect to the exercise
             of options with respect to 5,000,000 shares at a price of
             $10.00 per share as if such exercise occurred on September
             30, 1999.  See "Management - Option Exercises and Holdings."

                                 5

     <circle>The pro forma data does not include a dollar amount
             attributable to the  contingent liability relating to our
             sale of unregistered shares of common stock because Mr.
             Sellers and the MGS Group have agreed to purchase any
             shares which are returned to us in our Rescission Offer.
             See "Rescission Offer."

     The following financial data should be read in conjunction with,
  and is qualified by reference to, "Selected Historical and Pro Forma
 Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations," our consolidated
 financial statements and the notes to these financial statements,
 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     (In thousands, except per share data)

                                           Year Ended                                  Pro forma
                                          SEPTEMBER 30,               PRO FORMA      AS ADJUSTED
                                       1998         1999                1999             1999
<S>                                  <C>           <C>               <C>          <C>
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
   OF OPERATIONS DATA:
   Total revenue                     $  850        $7,465
   Gross profit (loss)                 (659)         (147)
   Operating expenses                   279           795
   Loss from operations                (938)         (942)
   Loss before accounting change       (579)         (579)
   Change in accounting principle                     (95)
   Net loss                            (579)         (674)

   Per basic share:
   Loss before accounting change      (0.24)        (0.22)             (0.19)
   Change in accounting principle                   (0.04)             (0.03)
   Net loss                           (0.24)        (0.26)             (0.22)

   Per diluted share:
   Loss before accounting change      (0.20)        (0.19)             (0.16)
   Change in accounting principle                   (0.03)             (0.03)
   Net loss                           (0.20)        (0.22)             (0.19)

   Shares in computing basic net
   loss per share                     2,432         2,614              3,114
   Shares in computing diluted net
   loss per share                     2,932         3,114              3,614

 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
   SHEET DATA:
   Cash and cash equivalents         $   10        $  246            $ 6,096      $ 56,096
   Total current assets                 147         4,428             10,278        60,278
   Total current liabilities            823         4,054              4,054         4,054
   Noncurrent liabilities                 0             0                  0             0
   Stockholders' equity               1,066         4,633             10,483        60,483
</TABLE>
                                 6

 NOTES TO HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

     (1)As of September 30, 1997, we were still a development stage
        company that had not commenced operations.  The proceeds of our
        first stock offering were held in escrow until September 14,
        1997.  We then paid legal and accounting invoices related to
        organizing the company and the first offering.  No other
        transactions took place during the fiscal year ended September
        30, 1997.

     (2)The number of shares used in computing diluted loss per share
        reflects the stock option granted on October 1, 1999 as if they
        were outstanding for all periods presented, calculated using the
        treasury stock method.
<PAGE>
     (3)All shares outstanding and earnings per share have been
        retroactively restated to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split on
        September 30, 1999.

                           RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the following risks and the other
 information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common
 stock.  The value of our common stock could decline due to any of these
 risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. You also
 should refer to the other information included in this prospectus,
 including the financial statements and related notes.  The risks
 described below are not the only ones facing us.  We have only
 described the risks we consider to be material.  However, there may be
 additional risks that we view as not material or of which we are not
 presently aware.

     If any of the events described below were to occur, our business,
 prospects, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flow
 could be materially adversely affected.  When we state below that
 something could or will have a material adverse effect on us, we mean
 that it could or will have one or more of these effects.

 MANAGEMENT RISKS

 MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR MANAGING THE MGS
 GROUP AND SUCH SHARED MANAGEMENT COULD RESULT IN CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

     We have entered into management agreements with three members of
 the MGS Group which provide for the payment of fees equal to a total of
 5% of our net sales through December, 2006.  We have also entered into
 various leases and other contractual agreements with the MGS Group.
 Accordingly, we rely on executive officers who are also full-time
 employees of companies in the MGS Group.  These officers are unable
 to devote their full time and efforts to our management.  In addition,
 our directors also serve as directors of one or more of the companies
 in the MGS Group and will therefore be responsible not only to our
 stockholders, but to the stockholders of the MGS Group companies for
 which they also serve as directors.  None of our directors will be
 independent of the MGS Group.  No independent director will evaluate
 any issues involving potential conflicts of interest between our
 interests and those of our stockholders, on the one hand, and the
 interests of the MGS Group and the stockholders or partners of its
 companies, on the other.  This shared management may result in
 conflicts of interest and may compromise our potential as an individual
 company.  Actions by shared management may, for example, result in a
 benefit to one of the companies in the MGS Group and a corresponding or
 related detriment to us.  See "Business" and "Related Party
 Transactions and Conflicts of Interest."

                                 8

 THE LOSS OF THE SERVICES OF MARK G. SELLERS OR OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES MAY
 HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE AFFECT ON OUR REVENUES, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 AND PROSPECTS.
<PAGE>
     We are highly dependent upon our founder, Chairman, President and
 Chief Executive Officer, Mark G. Sellers.  Mr. Sellers is widely known
 in the plastics industry and his knowledge of the moldmaking process
 and plastics industry, business contacts, and leadership have been, and
 will continue to be, critical to our success.  Mr. Sellers has no
 employment agreement with the Company.  The reduction or loss of the
 services of Mr. Sellers may have a material adverse effect on our
 operating results and prospects.

     We have reduced our dependence on Mr. Sellers by building our
 management and marketing team.  One of our business strategies is to
 continue to strengthen this team.  Our business is dependent, at the
 present time, upon the success of the other MGS Companies.  While this
 dependence has been lessened substantially since our inception, the
 loss of Mr. Sellers' services to us or the MGS Group may have a
 material adverse effect on our operating results and prospects.

     Our future continued success also is dependent upon the retention
 of other of our key management executives.  We also depend upon a
 number of other key employees who have been instrumental in our success
 thus far, and will depend upon our ability to attract and retain other
 highly capable individuals.  The loss of one or more of these senior
 executives or key members of our production and quality control staff,
 or an inability to attract or retain other key individuals, could have
 a material adverse effect on our business.  We seek to compensate our
 key executives, as well as other employees, through competitive
 salaries and the opportunity to purchase our stock, but we can make no
 assurance that these programs will allow us to retain key employees or
 hire new employees.

 WE MAY INCUR INCREASED COSTS TO OBTAIN NECESSARY TECHNOLOGICAL,
 FINANCIAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AFTER OUR AGREEMENT WITH THE MGS
 GROUP EXPIRES.

     Under our management agreement with the MGS Group, various MGS
 Group companies provide us with selected administrative, financial
 reporting, tax, information system, and human resources services.  In
 order to continue to operate, we will need to maintain the agreement
 with the MGS Group after its December 31, 2006 termination date or
 develop the capability to provide these services internally.  If our
 management agreement is not renewed, we may not be able to develop
 these services at comparable costs after expiration of these
 agreements.

                                 9

 THERE ARE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR INDUSTRY AND, IN PARTICULAR, OUR
 BUSINESS

 WE ARE DEPENDENT ON THE MGS GROUP FOR THE DEVELOPMENT AND RETENTION OF
 OUR BUSINESS.

     We have been and will continue to be dependent on the MGS Group to
 a significant degree for marketing, technical, and manufacturing
 support.  We are currently dependent on the sales and marketing efforts
 of the companies within the MGS Group to obtain purchase orders and we
<PAGE>
 rely on the resources of the MGS Group for technical and manufacturing
 support.

 LONG-TERM CONTRACTS ARE NOT TYPICAL IN OUR INDUSTRY AND REDUCTIONS,
 CANCELLATIONS, OR DELAYS IN CUSTOMER ORDERS WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR
 PROFITABILITY.

     As is typical in the plastics manufacturing industry, we do not
 obtain long-term contracts or commitments from our customers.  Instead,
 we work closely with customers to develop nonbinding forecasts of the
 future volume of orders and rely on purchase orders.  Customers may
 cancel their orders, change production quantities from forecast
 volumes, or delay production for a number of reasons beyond our
 control.  Significant or numerous cancellations, reductions, or delays
 in orders by customers would have a material adverse effect on our
 results of operations and financial condition.  In addition, because
 many of our costs are fixed, a reduction in customer demand could have
 an adverse affect on our gross profit margins and operating income.

 TERMINATION OF OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH MOTOROLA, INC. WOULD HAVE A
 MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR REVENUES AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     In 1999, we received approximately 56% of our manufacturing revenue
 from our relationship with six divisions of Motorola, Inc. to produce
 plastic parts for its cellular telephones and pagers.  If Motorola was
 to experience a significant downturn in its cellular telephone or pager
 businesses, was otherwise unable to honor its obligations to us, or
 chose to contract with additional manufacturers, our business would be
 disrupted and our results of operations and financial condition would
 be materially adversely affected.

     We have a five-year agreement with ITW Paslode, Cordless Tool
 Group, a division of Illinois Tool Works, Inc. to supply plastic
 components.  We will occupy a portion of the Paslode facility without
 direct rent expense as part of the agreement.  We expect that sales to
 Paslode under the agreement will exceed 10% of our revenue in fiscal
 2000.
                                 10

 The early termination of this agreement would have a material adverse
 effect on our future operations and financial condition.

     Sales to MGS Group companies represented approximately 22.6% of our
 revenue in 1999.  A decrease in the MGS Group's business and,
 accordingly, a reduction in our sales to MGS Group companies, would
 have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
 financial condition.

 FAILURE TO DEVELOP NEW OR EXPAND EXISTING PRODUCTION ORDERS WILL IMPAIR
 OUR ABILITY TO GROW AND ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR PROSPECTS.

     Our growth depends to a significant degree upon our ability to
 develop new customer relationships or to expand existing relationships
 with current customers.  We cannot guarantee that new customers will be
 found, that any such new relationships will be successful when they are
 in place, or that business with current customers will increase.  If
<PAGE>
 these and other programs are not successful, our results of operations,
 financial condition, and prospects could be materially adversely
 affected.

 COMPETITION IN OUR INDUSTRY MAY HINDER OUR ABILITY TO EXECUTE OUR
 BUSINESS STRATEGY, ACHIEVE PROFITABILITY, OR MAINTAIN RELATIONSHIPS
 WITH EXISTING CUSTOMERS.

     We operate in an industry that is highly competitive, with no
 single plastics manufacturer having a dominant position.  We compete
 against numerous other domestic and foreign providers of plastics
 manufacturing services, some of which are more established in the
 industry and have substantially greater revenues or resources than we
 do.  Competition could cause price reductions, reduced profits or
 losses, or loss of market share, any of which could have a material
 adverse effect on our business.  To compete effectively in the future,
 we must:

     <circle> provide technologically advanced manufacturing services;
     <circle> maintain strict quality standards;
     <circle> offer geographic flexibility in production and delivery;
     <circle> respond flexibly and rapidly to customers' design and
              schedule changes; and
     <circle> deliver products on a reliable basis at competitive
              prices.

 Our inability to do any of these things could materially adversely
 affect our ability to execute our business strategy and develop new
 customers.  We also face competition from the manufacturing operations
 of our current and potential customers who are continually evaluating

                                 11

 the relative merits of internal manufacturing versus outsourcing.  A
 shift away from outsourcing on behalf of our current or potential
 customers could materially adversely affect our results of operations
 and financial condition.

 OUR REVENUES AND INCOME COULD DECLINE DUE TO OVERCAPACITY IN THE
 PLASTICS INDUSTRY, GENERAL ECONOMIC TRENDS, AND/OR DECLINES IN BUSINESS
 OR CONSUMER SPENDING.

     We enter into purchase order contracts with our customers in which
 we agree to produce plastic parts at a stated price per part.  Although
 these are often parts for technical components and are somewhat
 resistant to economical cycles, many of the industries which we serve
 and expect to serve are cyclical.  Spending for products for which we
 now produce parts or components may decline during recessionary periods
 because of the discretionary nature of consumer and business spending.
 The price which we can obtain in our purchase order contracts could also
 fall if the plastics manufacturing industry creates excess capacity for
 plastic parts.  This could significantly reduce our cash flow and could
 have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our
 financial condition.   We cannot assure you that the prices we are able
 to obtain under our purchase orders will not decline in the future.
<PAGE>
 OUR BUSINESS COULD BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BECAUSE OF RISKS WHICH ARE
 PARTICULAR TO INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.

     Approximately 40% of our revenue in fiscal 1999 was derived from
 sales outside of the United States.  We expect that foreign sales in
 fiscal 2000 and subsequent years will not exceed 20% of our revenue.
 A significant portion of our foreign sales are made to customers who
 have U.S. operations, but who assemble components or end-use products
 offshore for sale in the U.S.  International sales (and the
 international operations of our customers) are subject to inherent
 risks, which may adversely affect us, including:

    <circle>fluctuations in the value of currencies;
    <circle>unexpected changes in and the burdens and costs of
            compliance with a variety of foreign laws;
    <circle>political and economic instability;
    <circle>increases in duties and taxation;
    <circle>limitations on imports or exports; and
    <circle>reversal of the current policies (including favorable tax
            and lending policies) encouraging foreign investment or
            foreign trade by our host countries.

                                 12

 OUR OPERATING RESULTS CAN BE ADVERSELY EFFECTED BY CHANGES IN THE COST
 OR AVAILABILITY OF RAW MATERIALS.

     In turn-key manufacturing, we provide both the equipment and the
 manufacturing and engineering services.  As a result, we often bear the
 risk of fluctuations in materials costs, scrap, and excess inventory,
 each of which can affect our gross profit margins and liquidity.
 We forecast our future needs based upon the anticipated needs of our
 customers.  Inaccuracies in making these forecasts or estimates could
 result in a shortage or an excess of materials, which could affect
 production schedules, margins and profitability.

     Some of the products we manufacture require particular types of
 plastic.  Supply shortages for a particular type of plastic can delay
 production or cause cost increases in the services we provide.

 WE MAY NEED ADDITIONAL FINANCING WHICH MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE, OR WHICH
 MAY DILUTE THE OWNERSHIP INTERESTS OF INVESTORS.

     To date, we have sold stock to outside investors and have borrowed
 money from, or sold stock to, other companies in the MGS Group in order
 to meet our working capital needs.  We have limited funds.  Without the
 proceeds of the offering or additional debt financing, our funds will
 be inadequate to implement our current business plan.  We will require
 substantial working capital to fund our current business and maintain
 the level of growth we experienced in 1999.  We expect that we will
 need to raise additional capital through the sale of additional
 securities later in fiscal year 2000 in order to provide funding for
 our planned expansion in fiscal year 2001.  If we raise additional
 funds through the issuance of stock or other equity-related securities,
 those securities may have rights, preferences or privileges senior to
 those of the rights of the common stock and you may experience
<PAGE>
 additional dilution.

     Our ultimate success will depend heavily on our ability to raise
 additional capital or secure financing on favorable terms.  No
 commitments to provide additional funds have been made by management or
 other stockholders.  We have negotiated financing to meet our
 short-term needs, but we have not investigated the availability, source
 or terms that might govern additional financing from a bank or other
 commercial lender.  When additional capital is needed, there is no
 assurance that funds will be available from any source or, if
 available, that funds can be obtained on terms acceptable to us.  If
 these funds are not available, our operations would be severely
 limited, and we would be unable to implement our business plan.

                                 13

     Even if commercial financing is available to meet our additional
 working capital needs, lenders almost always impose restrictions of a
 type which may limit our operational flexibility in the future.  In
 addition, indebtedness may increase our vulnerability to general
 adverse economic and industry conditions by limiting our flexibility in
 planning for and reacting to changes in our business and industry.
 Typically, lenders would seek to limit our ability, among other things,
 to:

     <circle> incur additional indebtedness;
     <circle> enter into transactions with affiliates;
     <circle> pay dividends and make distributions;
     <circle> enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
     <circle> issue stock of subsidiaries;
     <circle> make capital expenditures;
     <circle> make investments;
     <circle> repurchase stock;
     <circle> create liens;
     <circle> merge or consolidate our company; and/or
     <circle> transfer and sell assets.

 SUCCESSFUL IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR BUSINESS STRATEGIES DEPENDS ON OUR
 ABILITY TO SUCCESSFULLY ACQUIRE ADDITIONAL COMPANIES

 WE MAY EXPERIENCE DIFFICULTY IN INTEGRATING ACQUIRED BUSINESSES WHICH
 MAY INTERRUPT OUR BUSINESS OPERATIONS.

     The acquisition of additional mold makers and injection molding
 capacity are essential parts of our business strategies.  Acquisitions
 involve numerous risks, including some or all of the following:

     <circle>difficulty in integrating operations, technologies,
             systems, and products and services of acquired companies;
     <circle>diversion of management's attention and increased demands on
             our administrative, technical, and financial personnel
             resources and systems;
     <circle> increased expenses and working capital requirements;
     <circle>entering markets in which we have no or limited prior
             experience and where competitors in such markets have
             stronger market positions;
<PAGE>
     <circle> potential loss of key employees and customers of acquired
              companies; and

                                 14

          <circle> financial risks, such as
          <circle> potential liabilities of the acquired businesses;
          <circle> the dilutive effect of the issuance of additional
                   equity securities;
          <circle> the incurrence of additional debt;
          <circle> the financial impact of amortizing or writing off
                   goodwill and other intangible assets involved in any
                   transactions that are accounted for using the
                   purchase method of accounting; and
          <circle> possible adverse tax and accounting effects.

 The difficulties of integrating acquired businesses may be further
 complicated by the geographic distances between facilities.  The
 occurrence of any one or a combination of these risks may adversely
 affect our ability to operate our business successfully and produce
 consistent financial results.  In addition, during the integration of
 an acquired company, our financial performance may suffer from
 disruption of operations and the financial impact of expenses necessary
 to close the transaction and realize benefits from the acquisition.

 WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO IDENTIFY, FINANCE, AND CLOSE ANY FUTURE
 ACQUISITIONS.

     The acquisition of additional mold makers and injection molding
 capacity are essential parts of our business strategies.  Competition
 for attractive companies in our industry is substantial.  In executing
 this part of our strategy, we may experience difficulty in identifying
 suitable acquisition candidates or in completing selected transactions.
 In addition, current or future credit facilities may restrict our
 ability to acquire the assets or business of other companies.  If we
 are able to identify acquisition candidates, such acquisitions may be
 financed with cash or substantial borrowings.  The use of cash or
 borrowings may affect our financial liquidity.  In addition, we may
 choose to finance transactions with potentially dilutive issuances of
 equity securities.

 WE HAVE HAD OPERATING LOSSES SINCE THE INCEPTION OF OUR BUSINESS

     As of September 30, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of
 $1,252,930.  We have had net losses in the two years in which we have
 been in operation.  We expect to incur substantial costs in connection
 with the planned expansion of our business in fiscal 2000 and 2001.  As
 a result, we do not expect to be profitable in 2000 and only marginally
 profitable in 2001.  We cannot guarantee that we will be profitable in
 periods after 2001.  If we are not profitable, the price which other
 investors may be willing to pay for our common stock would be adversely
 affected.  For a discussion of our results of operations, please turn
 to "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
 Results of Operations."

                                 15
<PAGE>
 OUR FAILURE, OR THE FAILURE OF OUR SUPPLIERS OR CUSTOMERS, TO ADDRESS
 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ISSUES RELATED TO THE YEAR 2000 COULD ADVERSELY
 AFFECT OUR OPERATIONS AND PROSPECTS

     There is a risk that our computer systems and those of one or more
 of the MGS Group, our third-party vendors, and customers, may be unable
 to recognize the change of the date to the year 2000.  If one or more
 of these systems are unable to recognize the year 2000, it could
 adversely affect our business in a number of significant ways.  We rely
 on information technology supplied by third parties.  The MGS Group,
 our suppliers, and customers are also dependent upon their own
 internally developed information technology and third-party systems.
 Year 2000 problems affecting either our systems or those of the MGS
 Group, our suppliers, or customers could materially adversely affect
 our business.

     We believe that our information technology systems are year 2000
 ready.  However, we cannot guarantee that our systems will be year 2000
 ready, that the systems of the MGS Group or our suppliers and customers
 will be year 2000 ready, or that there will not be significant problems
 among information technology systems generally.  Given the potentially
 pervasive nature of the year 2000 problem, we cannot guarantee that
 disruption in other industries and market segments will not adversely
 affect our business.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Year
 2000"

 INVESTMENT RISKS

 WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SELL ALL OF THE COMMON STOCK IN THIS OFFERING AND
 MAY NEED TO BORROW ADDITIONAL FUNDS IN ORDER TO MEET OUR OBJECTIVES FOR
 FISCAL YEAR 2000; AS A RESULT WE MAY BE UNABLE TO SATISFY OUR IMMEDIATE
 CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS AND THE IMPLEMENTATION OF OUR
 BUSINESS PLAN MAY BE DELAYED.

     This offering is not underwritten, there is no minimum number of
 shares which must be sold before proceeds of the offering are made
 available to us, and there is no assurance that we will be able to sell
 all or a substantial portion of the shares being offered.  Under "Use
 of Proceeds" we describe the expected application of the proceeds of
 this offering.  Additional information concerning the use of these
 funds and our plan to expand our operations are described under
 "Business."  To the extent we are unable to sell 500,000 shares, we
 will be required to borrow additional funds from commercial lenders or
 seek financing from the MGS Group in order to realize our business
 expansion plans within the time frame anticipated by our strategic
 plan.  Accordingly, if we are not able to secure alternative financing,
 our plan to expand our business operations will be delayed for an
 undetermined period of time.  See "Use

                                 16

 of Proceeds."  All of the pro forma information set forth in this
 prospectus assumes the sale of 500,000 shares.

 WE MAY RETAIN A CONTINGENT LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH OUR OFFER TO
 REPURCHASE COMMON STOCK FROM CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS; AS A RESULT, WE MAY
<PAGE>
 BE UNABLE TO SATISFY OUR FUTURE CAPITAL AND LIQUIDITY REQUIREMENTS.

     The common stock sold by us and certain of the MGS Group companies
 during the period from August 6, 1999 through September 30, 1999, was
 not registered under federal and state securities laws.  We are
 offering to repurchase these shares.  Persons who return these shares
 to us will receive the price they paid for the shares, plus interest
 from the date of their purchase.  If this offer is accepted by all of
 the purchasers, we could be required to make payments to the holders of
 these shares of approximately $1.95 million plus statutory interest.
 We do not expect these stockholders to return their shares.  Mr.
 Sellers and the MGS Group have agreed to assume our obligation to
 purchase shares which are returned by stockholders who accept our
 repurchase offer.  Accordingly, we do not expect to be required to use
 a portion of the proceeds from this offering to make any such payments.
 Federal securities laws do not expressly provide that a rescission
 offer will terminate a purchaser's right to rescind a sale of stock
 which was not registered as required.  If any or all of these
 stockholders reject the rescission offer, we may continue to be liable
 under federal securities laws for up to an aggregate amount of
 approximately $1.95 million plus statutory interest.  See "Rescission
 Offer."

 YOU MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RESELL YOUR COMMON STOCK, OR MAY HAVE TO SELL IT
 AT A DISCOUNT, BECAUSE IT IS NOT EXPECTED THAT AN ACTIVE TRADING MARKET
 WILL BE DEVELOPED OR MAINTAINED.

     No public market currently exists for our common stock.  It is not
 expected that a market for the common stock will develop or be
 maintained following this offering.  As a result, you may not be able
 to sell your shares of common stock or may have to sell them at a
 discount.

 THE PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK COULD FLUCTUATE SUBSTANTIALLY.

     In the absence of an active market, you can expect only limited and
 sporadic transactions in our stock.  Any such transactions will not be
 publicly reported.  The value of the common stock will therefore be
 affected by the limited ability of investors to buy or sell the common
 stock.  In addition to the effects that this lack of liquidity may have,

                                 17

 we believe that the market value of our common stock will also be
 affected by a number of factors, both within and outside our control.
 Some of these additional factors that could affect the market value our
 common stock include:

     <circle>announcements of developments related to our business or
             our competitors' or customers' businesses;
     <circle>loss or cancellation of material purchase orders with our
             customers;
     <circle>fluctuations in our financial results;
     <circle>general conditions or developments in the plastics
             business;
     <circle>potential sales of our common stock by us or our
<PAGE>
             stockholders; and
     <circle>announcements by third parties of significant claims or
             proceedings against us.

     The future sale of a substantial number of shares of common stock,
 or the perception that future sales could occur, could adversely affect
 the future market price of or interest in our common stock.
 Approximately 4,250,000 shares of our common stock will be outstanding
 after completion of the offering and 5,000,000 additional shares of
 common stock will be subject to currently exercisable options.  All of
 the common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradeable
 without restriction or further registration under the federal
 securities laws unless purchased by one of our "affiliates," as that
 term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.  Of the
 remaining shares of outstanding common stock upon completion of the
 offering, 2,471,610 shares, representing approximately 58.2% of the
 outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering, will be
 "restricted securities" under the Securities Act of 1933.  These
 restricted securities will be subject to restrictions on the timing,
 manner and volume of sales of restricted shares.

     We expect that we will need to raise additional capital through the
 sale of additional securities later in fiscal year 2000 in order to
 provide funding for our planned expansion in fiscal year 2001.  We
 cannot predict if future sales of our common stock or the availability
 of our common stock for sale will adversely affect the market price for
 our common stock or our ability to raise capital by offering equity
 securities.

 MR. SELLERS WILL CONTROL OUR COMPANY AND THIS CONTROL COULD INHIBIT
 POTENTIAL CHANGES IN CONTROL OR CONFLICT WITH THOSE OF THE OTHER
 HOLDERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

     Following the sale of 500,000 shares in this offering, Mr. Sellers,
 individually and through his direct or indirect ownership of the MGS
 Group, will beneficially own or control approximately 53% of the voting
 power of our outstanding common stock.  Mr. Sellers, or companies in
 the MGS Group, also have options to purchase an additional 5,000,000

                                 18

 shares at a price of $10.00 per share.  As a result, Mr. Sellers will
 have the practical ability to control the outcome of all matters
 requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of
 our entire board of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all
 or substantially all of our assets, and the ability to control our
 management and affairs.  This concentrated control could discourage
 others from initiating any potential merger, takeover, or other change
 in control transaction that other stockholders may consider beneficial.
 As a result, the market price of our common stock and its liquidity
 could be further adversely affected.  In addition, the interests of the
 MGS Group and Mr. Sellers could conflict with the interests of the
 other holders of the common stock.

 SOME OF THE PROVISIONS OF OUR CURRENT ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-
 LAWS (AND SOME PROPOSED CHANGES TO THESE DOCUMENTS) COULD DISCOURAGE
<PAGE>
 POTENTIAL ACQUISITION PROPOSALS AND COULD DELAY, DETER OR PREVENT A
 CHANGE IN CONTROL.

     Our articles of incorporation and by-laws may have the effect of
 making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could
 discourage a third party from attempting to acquire, control of the
 company.  For example, we intend to amend our articles of incorporation
 and by-laws to provide that only one-third of our board of directors is
 to be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders and to require
 that two-thirds of the shares be voted for a merger or sale of the
 company's assets.  In addition, stockholders must give advance notice
 of any intention to nominate a candidate for election as a director or
 to bring matters before a meeting of stockholders.  See "Description
 of Common Stock."

     YOU WILL EXPERIENCE IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION.

     The price at which we are offering to sell you our common stock is
 substantially higher than the net tangible book value of each
 outstanding share.  If you purchase common stock in this offering, you
 will experience immediate and substantial dilution.  The dilution will
 be $9.53 per share in net tangible book value of our common stock from
 the initial public offering price.  If outstanding options to purchase
 shares of common stock are exercised, there would be further dilution.
 See "Dilution," "Management," and "Related Party Transactions and
 Conflicts of Interest" for information regarding outstanding stock
 options and additional stock options which may be granted.

     The authorized shares of common stock remaining after completion of
 the offering could also be issued by our board of directors for a
 variety of other corporate purposes, including anticipated future
 offerings to raise additional capital, future acquisitions, defenses to
 unfriendly corporate acquisitions, and stock option and other stock

                                 19

 grant plans.  In the event that we decide to issue additional shares
 for other corporate purposes, the ownership percentage and voting power
 represented by each share of common stock would be reduced.

 THERE IS NO LIKELIHOOD THAT WE WILL PAY CASH DIVIDENDS ON THE COMMON
 STOCK FOR THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE.

     We have never paid a cash dividend on our common stock.  It is
 unlikely that we will pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable
 future.

 STOCKHOLDERS MAY SHARE A LIABILITY FOR UNPAID WAGES UP TO THE AMOUNT
 PAID FOR THE COMMON STOCK.

     Under Wisconsin law, stockholders of a Wisconsin corporation are
 personally liable in an amount equal to the consideration paid for
 their shares for amounts owed to employees for past services performed
 for the company.  This potential liability cannot exceed wages for six
 months' service for any employee.
<PAGE>
 OUR MANAGEMENT WILL HAVE SUBSTANTIAL DISCRETION OVER THE USE OF THE
 PROCEEDS FROM THIS OFFERING

     The net proceeds of our sale of 500,000 shares of common stock in
 this offering will be approximately $6 million, after deducting
 estimated offering expenses of $150,000.  Our management will retain
 broad discretion as to the use of those proceeds and the funds we
 intend to borrow.  We intend to use a substantial portion of the net
 proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes related to
 the expansion of our business, but we do not have specific plans
 concerning the use of all funds or the timing of their application.
 The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could
 have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations
 and financial condition.  For more information, see "Use of Proceeds."

 WE HAVE A SHORT OPERATING HISTORY, WE HAVE NEVER OPERATED AS A PUBLIC
 COMPANY, AND THE OBLIGATIONS INCIDENT TO BEING A PUBLIC COMPANY WILL
 REQUIRE ADDITIONAL EXPENDITURES

     We were incorporated in 1996 and did not begin plastic
 manufacturing operations until November, 1997.  We have made
 significant investments in equipment and facilities, personnel
 additions, and organizational changes, and have experienced significant
 growth. Accordingly, we have only a limited operating history for
 potential investors to consider.

                                 20

     Prior to this offering, we have never been a public company.  We
 expect that the obligations of being a public company, including
 substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant
 additional expenditures, place additional demands on our management,
 and may require the hiring of additional personnel.  As part of this
 process, we will be required to implement financial reporting systems
 and other controls which we have not previously used.  We may need to
 implement additional systems in order to adequately function as a
 public company.  Such expenditures could adversely affect our financial
 condition and results of operations.

 IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO EFFECTIVELY MANAGE OUR GROWTH, OUR RESULTS OF
 OPERATIONS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, AND PROSPECTS COULD DECLINE

     Our rapid growth since 1997 has placed significant demands on our
 management and other resources.  If we continue to experience rapid
 growth, we will require significant additional investment in personnel,
 systems, and related capital expenditures.  We may not be able to
 recruit adequate personnel, or properly train, integrate, or manage our
 growing employee base, implement new systems (including those for
 transaction processing and operational and financial management), or
 invest in capital expenditures in a timely and effective manner.  If we
 fail to effectively manage and continue this growth, our results of
 operations, financial condition, and prospects could decline.

                                 21

                   SPECIAL NOTE WITH RESPECT TO
                    FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
<PAGE>
     We have made some statements in this prospectus, including some
 under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion
 and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,"
 "Business" and elsewhere, which constitute forward-looking statements.
 These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and
 other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity,
 performance, or achievements to be materially different from any
 results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements expressed
 or implied by any forward-looking statements.  These factors include,
 among other things, those listed under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in
 this prospectus.  In some cases, you can identify forward-looking
 statements by terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "could,"
 "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates,"
 "predicts," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or
 other comparable terminology.  Although we believe that the
 expectations reflected in forward-looking statements are reasonable, we
 cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or
 achievements.  We are under no duty to update any of the
 forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.

                          USE OF PROCEEDS

     We estimate the net proceeds to us from the sale of the 500,000
 shares of common stock offered in this prospectus for cash to be
 approximately $6 million, after deducting estimated offering expenses
 of approximately $150,000.  We plan to use the net proceeds from this
 offering, along with bank financing, for the following purposes:

 <circle>Approximately $10,000,000 is expected to be used to
         acquire additional production machinery and equipment for our
         Germantown, Wisconsin facilities and to meet the requirements
         of our agreement with Illinois Tool Works to produce parts for
         its Paslode Cordless Tool Group (See "Business");
 <circle>Approximately $4,000,000 is expected to be used to
         acquire tooling and injection molding equipment for our new
         facility in Fort Worth, Texas;
 <circle>To acquire additional manufacturing facilities and
         equipment; and
 <circle>Over time, for general corporate purposes including
         cash flow.

                                 22
<PAGE>
 The sources of funds and use of proceeds from this offering is expected
 to be as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         <S>                                  <C>
          Source of Funds
               Offering Proceeds              $ 6,000,000
               Term Debt and Lease
                 Financing{(1)}                17,000,000 {(3)}
                                              $23,000,000
          Use of Proceeds
               Purchase and/or Lease of
                  Production
                  Equipment and Machinery and
                  Leasehold Improvements      $20,000,000 {(3)}
               Purchase and/or Lease of Office
                  Equipment and Furnishings     1,000,000 {(3)}
               Lease Deposit - Building            50,000 {(3)}
               Lease Deposit - Equipment          500,000 {(3)}
               Offering Expense                   150,000 {(4)}
               Working Capital                  1,300,000
                                              $23,000,000
<FN>
 (1)We have a line of credit from a commercial bank in the amount of
    $2,000,000.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
    Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital
    Resources."
 (2)We have offered to repurchase up to 722,490 shares of common stock
    at an average price of $2.70 per share.  These shares were offered
    and sold without registration under federal or state securities
    laws.  We do not anticipate that stockholders will accept this
    offer.  Mr. Sellers and the MGS Group have agreed to assume our
    obligations under our repurchase offer.  See "Rescission Offer."
 (3)Application of funds and the additional debt and lease financing is
    expected to be completed by September, 2000.
 (4)Estimated legal, printing and accounting services and blue sky fees.
</TABLE>
 As of the date of this prospectus, we have not determined the specific
 allocation of the uses of approximately $8.3 million of the net
 proceeds we will receive upon completion of this offering and full
 funding of our bank and lease financing and there is no business plan
 with respect to the specific use of these proceeds.  Accordingly, our
 management will have broad discretion in the application of the
 remainder of the net proceeds.  Pending these uses, we intend to invest
 the remainder of the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing,
 investment-grade securities.

                          DIVIDEND POLICY

     We anticipate that we will retain all of our earnings in the
 foreseeable future to finance the continued growth and expansion of our
 businesses.  We have no current intention to pay cash dividends.  Our

                                 23

 future dividend policy will depend on our earnings, capital requirements,
<PAGE>
 requirements of the financing agreements to which we may be a party,
 financial condition, and other factors considered relevant by our board
 of directors.

                          CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September
 30, 1999 on an actual and pro forma basis.

 <circle>The pro forma column reflects our capitalization as set
 forth in the actual column, the issuance of 500,000 shares of
 common stock offered in this prospectus, and our receipt and
 use of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of these
 shares, as if this offering had been completed on September 30,
 1999.

 <circle>The pro forma as adjusted data gives effect to the
         exercise of options with respect to 5,000,000 shares at a price
         of $10.00 per share as if such exercise occurred on September
         30, 1999.  See "Management - Option Exercises and Holdings."

 This table should be read together with "Management's Discussion and
 Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our
 consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere
 in this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SEPTEMBER 30, 1999
                                                                              Pro forma
                                                     ACTUAL     PRO FORMA   AS ADJUSTED
                                                             (In thousands)
      <S>                                        <C>         <C>            <C>
      Stockholders' Equity:
         Common stock, no par value per share;
         15,000,000 shares authorized, shares
         outstanding: 3,750,000 (actual),
         4,250,000 (pro forma), and
         9,250,000 (pro forma, as adjusted)          6,670      12,520        62,520
      Stock subscriptions receivable                  (784)       (784)         (784)
      Accumulated deficit                           (1,253)     (1,253)       (1,253)
         Total stockholders' equity                  4,633      10,483        60,483

            Total capitalization                 $   4,633   $  10,483      $ 60,483
</TABLE>
                                 24

                             DILUTION

     Our net tangible book value as of September 30, 1999 was
 approximately $4,633,000 or $1.24 per share based on an aggregate of
 3,750,000 shares of common stock outstanding.  Net tangible book value
 per share is determined by dividing the number of outstanding shares of
 common stock into our net tangible book value, which is our total
 tangible assets less total liabilities.

     After giving effect to the sale of the 500,000 shares of common
<PAGE>
 stock offered in this prospectus, before deducting estimated offering
 expenses, and based on an offering price of $12.00 per share, our net
 tangible book value as of September 30, 1999 would have been
 $10,483,000, or $2.47 per share.  This represents an immediate dilution
 of $9.53 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock
 at the initial offering price. Additionally, if all options which are
 outstanding as of the date of this prospectus were exercised as of
 September 30, 1999, our net tangible book value would have been
 $60,483,000 or $6.54 per share.  This represents an immediate dilution
 of $5.46 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock
 at the initial offering price.  The following table illustrates this
 per share dilution on a pro forma and pro forma as adjusted basis:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Pro forma
                                                    PRO FORMA    AS ADJUSTED
     <S>                                             <C>            <C>
     Offering price per share                        $12.00         $12.00

     Net tangible book value per share
       as of September 30, 1999                      $ 1.24         $ 6.24
     Increase in net tangible book value per
       share attributable to new investors           $ 1.23         $ 0.30
     Pro forma net tangible book value per
       share after this offering                     $ 2.47         $ 6.54
     Dilution per share to new investors             $ 9.53         $ 5.46
</TABLE>
     The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 1999 on the pro
 forma basis described above, the number of shares of common stock

                                 25

 purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us or accrued under
 subscription agreements, and the average price per share paid by
 existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares of common
 stock in this offering at $12.00, before deducting the estimated
 offering expenses:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 Total Cash
                             SHARES                 CONSIDERATION           AVERAGE
                      NUMBER       PERCENT      AMOUNT        PERCENT   PRICE PER SHARE
<S>                    <C>           <C>     <C>               <C>          <C>
 Existing stockholders 3,750,000     88.2%    6,670,028         52.6%       $ 1.78

 New investors           500,000     11.8%    6,000,000         47.4%       $12.00

 Total                 4,250,000      100%   12,670,028          100%       $ 2.98
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
     The following table summarizes, as of September 30, 1999 on the
 adjusted pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of
 common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us or
 accrued under subscription agreements, and the average price per share
 paid by existing stockholders, by investors purchasing shares of common
 stock in this offering at $12.00, before deducting the estimated
 offering expenses, and by the exercise of all outstanding options:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     SHARES                 CONSIDERATION           AVERAGE
                               NUMBER       PERCENT     AMOUNT        PERCENT    PRICE PER SHARE
<S>                          <C>              <C>     <C>               <C>          <C>
 Existing stockholders       3,750,000        40.5%    6,670,028        10.6%        $ 1.78

 New investors                 500,000         5.4%    6,000,000         9.6%        $12.00

 Options exercised           5,000,000        54.1%   50,000,000        79.8%        $10.00

 Total                       9,250,000         100%   62,670,028         100%        $ 6.78
</TABLE>
                                 26
        SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     In the following table, we provide you with our selected historical
 and pro forma consolidated financial data.  The following selected
 consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended September
 30, 1998 and 1999 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
 September 30, 1998 and 1999 are derived from our financial statements
 that have been audited by Wolf & Company - Milwaukee, S.C., independent
 public accountants and are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

     In the following table, we also provide you with the following pro
 forma information:

     <circle>The pro forma data gives effect to the issuance of the
             500,000 shares of common stock offered in this prospectus
             as if it had occurred on September 30, 1999 and our receipt
             and use of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of
             those shares.

     <circle>The pro forma as adjusted data (fully diluted) gives effect
             to the exercise of options with respect to 5,000,000 shares
             at a price of $10.00 per share as if such exercise occurred
             on September 30, 1999.  See "Management - Option Exercises
             and Holdings."

     <circle>The pro forma data does not include a dollar amount
             attributable to the  contingent liability relating to our
             sale of unregistered shares of common stock.  See
             "Rescission Offer."

     The following financial data should be read in conjunction with,
 and is qualified by reference to, "Management's Discussion and Analysis
 of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and our consolidated
 financial statements and the related notes to those financial statements
 which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                 27
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
         SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                         (In thousands, except per share data)
<CAPTION>
                                           Year Ended                                  Pro forma
                                          SEPTEMBER 30,              PRO FORMA       AS ADJUSTED
                                        1998        1999                  1999             1999
<S>                                   <C>         <C>                 <C>                <C>
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
   OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues
   Trade                              $  203      $5,778
   Related parties                       647       1,687
   Total revenues                        850       7,465
 Cost of goods sold
   Trade                                 354       4,575
   Related parties                     1,155       3,037
   Total cost of goods sold            1,509       7,612
 Gross profit                           (659)       (147)
 Operating expenses
   Trade                                  74         623
   Related parties                       205         172
   Total operating expenses              279         795
 (Loss) from operations                 (938)       (942)
 Interest and other income (expense),
   net                                   (43)         26
 (Loss) before income tax expense       (981)       (916)
 Income tax benefit                      402         337
 (Loss) before cumulative effect of
   accounting change                    (579)       (579)
 Cumulative effect of accounting
   change, net of tax                      0         (95)
 Net (loss)                             (579)       (674)
 Per basic share:
 Loss before cumulative effect of
   accounting change                  $(0.24)     $(0.22)              $(0.19)
 Cumulative effect of accounting change            (0.04)               (0.03)
 Net loss                             ($0.24)     ($0.26)              ($0.22)

 Per diluted share:
 Loss before cumulative effect of
   accounting change                  $(0.20)     $(0.19)              $(0.16)
 Cumulative effect of accounting change           (0.03)                (0.03)
 Net loss                             $(0.20)     $(0.22)              $(0.19)
 Shares in computing basic net loss
   per share                           2,432       2,614                3,114
 Shares used in computing diluted
   net loss per share                  2,932       3,114                3,614

 CONSOLIDATED BALANCE
   SHEET DATA:
 Cash and cash equivalents            $   10      $  246              $ 6,096           $56,096
 Total current assets                    147       4,428               10,278            60,278
 Total current liabilities               823       4,054                4,054             4,054
 Noncurrent liabilities                    0           0                    0                 0
 Stockholders' equity                  1,066       4,633               10,483            60,483
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                                 28

 NOTES TO SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 (1)As of September 30, 1997, we were still a development stage company
    that had not commenced operations.  The proceeds of our first stock
    offering were held in escrow until September 14, 1997.  We then paid
    legal and accounting invoices related to organizing the company and
    the first offering.  No other transactions took place during the
    fiscal year ended September 30, 1997.

 (2)The number of shares used in computing diluted loss per share
    reflects the stock option granted on October 1, 1999 as if they
    were outstanding for all periods presented, calculated using the
    treasury stock method.

 (3)All shares outstanding and earnings per share have been
    retroactively restated to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split on
    September 30, 1999.

                         RESCISSION OFFER

 SALE OF UNREGISTERED COMMON STOCK - THE "RESCISSION SHARES"

     During the period from August 6, 1999 through September 30, 1999,
 722,490 shares of common stock were offered and sold by us and certain
 MGS Group companies to individual investors.  These shares were sold
 without registration or qualification under federal and state
 securities laws.  All shares of common stock sold during the August 6,
 1999 through September 30, 1999 period by us and the MGS Group
 companies (and any shares received as a stock dividend paid on those
 shares), will be referred to as the "RESCISSION SHARES" to
 differentiate them from the shares of common stock being offered by
 this prospectus for cash. Approximately 98.8% of all of the Rescission
 Shares were sold in Wisconsin.  A limited number of Rescission Shares
 were also sold in Illinois, North Dakota, and California.

 RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESCISSION SHARES

     Investors who purchased Rescission Shares may have the right under
 both federal and state securities laws to return their Rescission
 Shares to us (or the selling MGS Group company) and receive the amount
 paid for the shares, plus interest under applicable state law from the
 date of purchase through the date on which we refund the purchase
 price.  Under federal law, purchasers of Rescission Shares generally
 have one year from the date of purchase to exercise this right.  The
 time period to exercise this right varies from two years in California,
 to three in Wisconsin and Illinois, and five in North Dakota.

     State rescission rights are governed by the laws of the state in
 which the sale of common stock was made.  The applicable law governing
 the rights of purchasers of the Rescission Shares are Section 12(a)(1)
 of the Securities Act, Section 551.59 of the Wisconsin Uniform
 Securities Law, Section 13 of the Illinois Securities Law of 1953,

                                 29
<PAGE>
 Section 10-04-17 of the North Dakota Securities Act of 1951, and
 Section 25507 of the California Corporation Code.

 OUR OFFER TO REPURCHASE THE RESCISSION SHARES

     We are offering to repurchase the Rescission Shares from all
 holders.  This offer to repurchase the Rescission Shares will expire
 on _________, 2000.  Holders of Rescission Shares may accept our offer
 to repurchase their shares prior to __________, 2000 by returning to us
 (1) certificates representing the Rescission Shares and (2) an
 Acceptance Form which has been delivered to each holder along with a
 copy of this prospectus.  Each Acceptance Form specifies the number of
 Rescission Shares which we believe are registered in the holder's name.
 Each holder who accepts our offer to repurchase his or her Rescission
 Shares will be entitled to receive the amount paid for the Rescission
 Shares, plus interest determined under applicable state law from the
 date of purchase by the holder through the date of our repurchase.
  The Acceptance Form will specify for each holder the particular
 interest rate or other terms required under the applicable state law
 in order for the rescission offer to extinguish such holder's state
 law claims for sale of the Rescission Shares without registration under
 state law.

     If accepted by all holders of Rescission Shares, our rescission
 offer could require us to make aggregate payments to the holders of the
 Rescission Shares of up to $1,951,360 plus statutory interest.  Mr.
 Sellers has agreed to assume our obligation to purchase all Rescission
 Shares returned by stockholders who purchased Rescission Shares from us.
 Each of the applicable MGS Group companies has agreed to assume our
 obligation to purchase Rescission Shares returned by stockholders who
 purchased Rescission Shares from such MGS Group company.  As of the
 date of this prospectus, we do not expect that any holder of Rescission
 Shares will exercise this right.

 EFFECT OF RESCISSION OFFER

     Under the laws of the states of Wisconsin, Illinois, North Dakota,
 and California, an  offer to purchase the Rescission Shares which
 complies with the terms of the applicable state statute governing such
 offers will terminate the purchaser's rights to return their Rescission
 Shares and receive a refund of the purchase price plus interest.  This
 termination of the purchaser's rights to return the Rescission Shares
 will occur whether or not the holder accepts or rejects our offer to
 repurchase the shares. Therefore, each holder of Rescission Shares
 should carefully consider our offer.  In effect, our offer permits the
 holder to make a new investment decision with respect to the Rescission
 Shares.

                                 30

     The Securities Act does not expressly provide that a rescission
 offer will terminate a purchaser's right to seek damages in connection
 with the sale of stock which was not registered under the Securities
 Act as required.  Accordingly, although we believe our liability under
 state laws for the purchase price of the Rescission Shares up to an
 aggregate amount of approximately $1.95 million plus statutory interest
<PAGE>
 will terminate, we may continue to be contingently liable under the
 Securities Act to any holders of Rescission Shares who do not accept
 our offer.  If we are sued, however, we intend to take the position in
 court that our offer to repurchase the Rescission Shares precludes a
 holder of Rescission Shares who did not accept the offer from making a
 claim against us under the Securities Act.

     Purchasers of Rescission Shares who do not accept our offer to
 repurchase their shares will, for purposes of applicable federal and
 state securities laws, be deemed to hold registered shares under the
 Securities Act which will be freely tradeable as of the effective date
 of this prospectus.

     As of the date hereof, we are not aware of any claims against us or
 any MGS Group company in connection with the sale of the Rescission
 Shares.

              MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
          FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our
 audited financial statements and the notes thereto and the other
 information included elsewhere in this prospectus.  Certain statements
 in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
 and Results of Operations" are forward-looking statements contained
 herein are based on current expectations and entail various risks and
 uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from
 those expressed in such forward-looking statements.  For a more
 detailed discussion of these and other business risks, see "Risk
 Factors."  Also see "Special Note With Respect to Forward-Looking
 Information" and "Business."

 OVERVIEW

     Our revenues are primarily derived from the sale of plastic
 injection molded parts.  The normal practice in the injection molding
 industry is to be a custom molder, which  involves only the
 manufacturing of parts.  However, we also generate revenues by assembly
 and value-added operations. Our marketing efforts are dedicated towards
 contract manufacturing of high precision and high quality parts, which
 includes these assembly and value-added operations.  We began
 operations in November of 1997, and were

                                 31

 considered a development stage company through March of 1999.  We
 incurred losses from inception through June of 1999.  These losses are
 primarily due to costs associated with a start-up enterprise, training
 costs, initial excess manufacturing capacity, higher than average
 selling and administrative expenses and related costs.  During the
 fourth quarter of fiscal 1999 we were able to become profitable and we
 expect present operations to be profitable in the future.  However, our
 fiscal 2000 operations are not expected to be profitable in total, as
 we expect to incur start-up expenses related to our planned expansion
 involving manufacturing facilities in Illinois and Texas.
<PAGE>
     Research and development expenses include expenses for research,
 design and development of the MGS Group's multi-shot process which
 permits us to mold different types of plastic resin, typically with
 different aesthetic and texture qualities, into a single plastic part.
 Because of our relationship to the MGS Group, we have access to the
 multi-shot technology and other related manufacturing processes.
 Currently, research and development costs are not material and are
 included in the cost of goods sold section of our income statements.

 RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     SALES.  For fiscal 1998, we were classified as a development stage
 company.  We did not realize monthly sales in excess of $100,000 until
 August, 1998.  This explains the rapid increase in sales of 778% from
 fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999.  Designing and building tooling is a
 service provided to our customers in order to obtain the piece part
 production, and as a result, we do not realize significant profit
 margins on tooling sales.  Related party sales consist of machine time
 and labor provided to our affiliates at competitive rates.

     COST OF GOODS SOLD.  Certain levels of available plant capacity are
 required in order to compete in the plastic injection molding industry.
 The type of customer we seek expects the molder to be able to perform
 at a world class level prior to issuing a production order.  The costs
 associated with achieving this capacity and maintaining the highest
 level of quality are substantial.  Accordingly, cost of goods sold
 increased from $1.5 million in fiscal 1998 to $7.6 million in fiscal
 1999.  From fiscal 1998 to fiscal 1999, material costs decreased from
 35.7% to 26.4% as a percentage of sales, due to a change in our product
 mix to items with lower material requirements.  From fiscal 1998 to
 fiscal 1999, labor as a percentage of sales decreased from 49.1% to
 42.1%, although the total amount expensed increased from approximately
 $417,000 to $3,143,000.  The increase in sales required additional
 labor shifts to be added, along with a substantial increase in machine
 capacity and correspondingly, operators and technicians.

                                 32

     Through a substantial time commitment and cost, we obtained ISO
 9002 certification during fiscal 1999.  As a result of this
 certification, additional resources were dedicated to this effort, and
 are included in cost of goods sold.

     TRAINING EXPENSES.  In order to achieve the high standard of
 quality parts that our customers require while simultaneously
 undergoing a 778% increase in revenue, significant resources were
 used to train all levels of employees.  These expenses are not expected
 to continue at similar levels in connection with our Wisconsin
 operations, but we expect to incur significant training expenses as we
 expand into Texas and other locations.

     SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  Selling and administrative
 expenses increased from $279,000 in fiscal 1998 to $795,000 in fiscal
 1999.  This reflects our commitment to maintaining the highest level of
 quality in our infrastructure, including management personnel,
 facilities costs, marketing materials, and computer systems.
<PAGE>
  Additionally, the rapid increase in employees caused us to incur
 significant costs in human resource management.  We do not anticipate
 a proportionate increase in selling and administrative expenses as
 compared to sales during fiscal 2000, now that this framework is in
 place.

     INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was immaterial in fiscal 1998
 and $22,000 in fiscal 1999.   Interest expense relates to the
 borrowings on our line of credit.  We anticipate that interest will
 increase significantly in fiscal 2000 as our sales, and correspondingly
 our use of our credit facility, increase.

     INCOME TAX EXPENSE.  For both fiscal 1998 and 1999, we recorded a
 tax benefit due to differences between book and tax accounting,
 principally for our operating losses, organization costs, progress
 receivables and depreciation.

     ACCOUNTING CHANGE.  In fiscal 1999, we adopted Statement of
 Position 98-5 issued by the Accounting Standards Executive Committee.
 Accordingly, we have charged all start-up costs to operations as of
 October 1, 1998, including writing off all unamortized costs as of that
 date.  These costs included legal and accounting fees related to our
 organization.  Previously, in fiscal 1998, organization costs were
 capitalized and amortized over 5 years.

 LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through
 private sales of equity securities, including sales to related parties.
 To date we have received approximately $5.7 million in private and
 related party funding.  In addition, we have a bank $2 million line of

                                 33

 credit facility which bears interest at a rate of the 30 day
 interbank Eurodollar market rate plus 225 basis points.  We have
 leased in excess of $10 million of equipment from affiliated entities,
 and have received $1.8 million in advances from these same affiliated
 entities.

     Net cash used in operating activities totaled $248,000 for the year
 ended September 30, 1998 and $2.1 million for the year ended September
 30, 1999.  Cash used in operating activities for each year resulted
 primarily from net operating losses during those years and the
 necessity of funding inventory and accounts receivable growth in excess
 of our accounts payable growth.

     Net cash used in investment activities totaled $1.4 million for the
 year ended September 30, 1998 and $2.3 million for the year ended
 September 30, 1999.  Cash used in investment activities for each year
 resulted primarily from the acquisition of leasehold improvements and
 manufacturing equipment accessories, and lease deposits on
 manufacturing equipment.

     Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $1.6 million for
 the year ended September 30, 1998 and $4.7 million for the year ended
<PAGE>
 September 30, 1999.  Cash provided by financing activities for each
 year resulted primarily from issuances of common stock and draws on our
 line of credit facility.

     The fees payable under our management agreements are accrued and
 payable in cash at termination of the agreements on December 31, 2006.
 The amount accrued as of September 30, 1999, $415,772, was applied, by
 consent of the parties, to offset amounts owed to us under various
 stock subscription agreements which had been entered into in December,
 1996.  The September 30, 1999 accrued balance was, accordingly, not
 reflected as an expense in our statements of income for such period.
 The deferral of management fees reduces our current cash requirements.

     We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with
 current cash balances, cash flows from current operations, and
 available term debt and/or lease financing will be sufficient to fund
 our expected growth and related working capital and capital expenditure
 requirements for the 2000 fiscal year.  Without the expected proceeds
 of this offering, we will require additional financing from commercial
 lenders or the MGS Group to implement our expansion plans at the pace
 that we currently anticipate.  We currently anticipate the need to
 raise additional capital through the issuance of additional equity
 securities to implement our fiscal year 2001 business plan.  See
 "Business - Acquisitions and Expansion."

                                 34

     We do not expect our payment obligations which result from our offer
 to repurchase shares as described under "Rescission Offer" to be
 material.  Should these purchases prove to be material it would shorten
 the period of time through which our financial resources will be
 adequate to support operations unless we secure additional financing or
 secure additional capital.

     Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial
 resources will be adequate is a forward-looking statement that involves
 risks and uncertainties.  Our actual funding requirements may differ
 materially from our forecast as a result of a number of factors
 including our plans to expand our operations geographically and the
 expansion of our value added and assembly operations. We cannot be
 certain that additional funds will be available on satisfactory terms
 when needed, if at all.  If we are unable to raise additional necessary
 capital in the future, we may be required to curtail our expansion
 plans significantly.

     We believe that our exposure to risk related to changes in interest
 rates and equity prices is not material.  At September 30, 1999, we did
 not hold any short or long-term investments.

 YEAR 2000

     We have conducted a review of our computer systems and software to
 identify any potential malfunctions due to misidentification of the
 year 2000.  MGS Group companies have also conducted a similar review.
 We believe, as of this date, that all of our systems are year 2000
 ready. We are not aware of any expected material disruption in our
<PAGE>
 business relationships with suppliers or customers due to year 2000
 readiness.  However, we cannot independently verify the state of
 readiness of these vendors, service providers, and customers and the
 year 2000 readiness problem is an ongoing one.

     We have identified alternative sources of supply to address any
 failure of supply associated with our suppliers.  We have not attempted
 to evaluate the year 2000 compliance of our customers because we do not
 think it is practicable to do so.

     Excluding internal costs which are not tracked separately and are
 therefore not readily determinable, we expect the costs of these year
 2000 remedial actions to be immaterial.  Based on current estimates, we
 anticipate no future costs related to year 2000 issues.

                                 35

     The potential effect if we or third parties with whom we do
 business are unable to timely resolve year 2000 issues is not
 determinable, but we believe that our most reasonably likely year
 2000 worst case scenario would involve:

     <circle>short-term down time for some of our equipment as a result
             of process control device malfunctions at our production
             facilities;
     <circle>temporary disruption of deliveries of supplies and products
             due to truck shortages;
     <circle>a lack of supplies from vendors we have identified as not
             being sufficiently prepared for the year 2000;
     <circle>temporary loss of customer orders; and
     <circle>possible errors and delays, as well as increased labor
             costs, associated with manually taking orders, scheduling,
             production reporting and processing billing and shipping
             information if our customers experience system failures.

     We do not believe that the year 2000 issue will have a material
  effect on our operations or those of our material third-party vendors
 or customers.  However, if we or any of our significant vendors or
 customers do experience a year 2000 readiness problem, this could have
 a material adverse effect on our profitability and liquidity.  In some
 cases, these vendors or customers could not be easily replaced, and we
 may suffer a disruption in our business.  These contingencies could
 have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and
 financial condition.

                             BUSINESS

 OVERVIEW

     We were incorporated in Wisconsin in December, 1996 for the purpose
 of producing high volume, precision plastic parts in conjunction with
 the engineering, design, manufacturing, and testing services provided
 by the MGS Group.  Through TecStar, our wholly owned subsidiary, we now
 manufacture high volume, precision injection molded plastic parts for
 original equipment manufacturers in the medical, automotive, appliance,
 telecommunications, cosmetic, and computer markets.  Our customers are
<PAGE>
 other manufacturers which produce end-use products or manufacture
 components for sale to other manufacturers.

                                 36

 THE INDUSTRY

     The plastics manufacturing business is a multi-billion dollar
 industry.  According to an annual survey published in the April 19,
 1999 issue of PLASTIC NEWS, the 100 largest injection molders had
 combined sales in excess of $16.7 billion in 1998.  In 1998, the same
 survey indicated that the 100 top molders had combined sales in excess
 of $16.1 billion in 1997.  We operate in a majority of the 25 market
 segments in which the top 100 molders conducted operations in 1998.

     There are an estimated 3,800 independent plastic molding companies
 in the United States, most of which are privately held and have sales
 volumes of under $10 million per year.  However, within the high
 technology, specialized plastics manufacturing segment of the market,
 we compete with many companies which have more operating experience,
 greater management depth, more capital or financing, and greater sales
 and income levels.  We believe our principal competitors and their
 approximate 1998 sales volumes are:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     <S>                      <C>
                              Approximate 1998
     COMPETITOR               SALES VOLUME{(1)}

     Nypro, Inc.               $389 million
     Clinton, MA

     Phillips Plastics Corp.   $188 million
     Hudson, WI

     InteSys Technologies, Inc.$150 million
     Gilbert, AZ

     Hoffer Plastics Corp.     $76 million
     South Elgin, IL

     Advance Dial Co.          $50 million
     Elmhurst, IL

     Evco Plastics             $50 million
     DeForest, WI
<FN>
 {(1)}  As reported in PLASTICS NEWS, April 19, 1999.
</TABLE>
     Arrangements with most independent molding companies are in the
 form of purchase orders that may be canceled by the customer.
 Competition in the industry is based on piece price, quality and
 service.

                                 37
<PAGE>
 OUR BUSINESS

     We manufacture products using the plastic injection molding
 process. The process begins when plastic resin, in the form of small
 pellets, is fed into an injection molding machine.  The injection
 molding machine then melts the plastic resin and injects it into a
 multi-cavity steel mold, forcing the plastic resin to take the final
 shape of the product.  At the end of each molding cycle (generally six
 to 60 seconds), the plastic parts are ejected from the mold into high
 speed automated equipment for secondary packaging or assembly
 operations.

     Plastics manufacturing involves high volume production of parts and
 components.  Production runs vary with the type of product, but
 typically vary from 100,000 to several million pieces.  We began
 our operations in November of 1997 and in 1999 received ISO 9002
 certification.  During the fourth quarter of our 1999 fiscal year, we
 became vertically integrated within the plastic injection molding
 industry to include value-added and assembly operations.  Value-added
 operations include, but are not limited to, pad printing, heat staking,
 and sonic welding. We offer a total manufacturing solution to our
 customers, from design services to tooling manufacture to production
 and final assembly of plastic parts.  We expect this total solution to
 differentiate us from custom molders and to increase our revenues and
 customer base.

     The largest portion of our business is represented by our
 operations in conjunction with the MGS Group in an industry niche
 as a "turn-key" manufacturer.  Along with the MGS Group, we can offer
 customers full service plastic injection molding of high volume plastic
 parts along with design and engineering services, and testing,
 sampling, and polishing operations.  During the last fiscal year
 approximately 85% of our net sales was derived from business which
 involved moldmaking services of the MGS Group.  See "Related Party
 Transactions and Conflicts of Interest."

     Precision molds are essential to high volume, precision plastic
 part production.  Contracts to produce the molds for a particular
 production run can range between $50,000 and $300,000.  The MGS
 group designs, tests and builds molds used by us and by other
 independent plastics manufacturers.  MGS Group companies also perform
 sampling and polishing operations for us and other manufacturers.
 Historically, the MGS Group designed and build injection molds to
 customer specifications for use by unrelated injection molding
 companies which then produced the plastic parts.  Our market strategy
 has been to capitalize on the established reputation, customer base,
 and resources of the MGS Group to capture part of the plastic
 manufacturing business for which the MGS Group has historically
 provided the molds and performed other technical services.  We
 currently employ two full-time salesmen who solicit production orders.

                                 38

 However, our sales team often works in conjunction with MGS Group
 companies to bid for contracts.
<PAGE>
     We have worked with the MGS Group to develop certain proprietary
 techniques to which we have access to because of our relationship.
 One of these is the portable "multi-shot" process capability.
 Multi-shot injection molding is an injection process in which different
 types of plastic resin, typically with different aesthetic and texture
 qualities, are used to create a single plastic part.  Demand for
 multi-shot injection molding has increased dramatically throughout
 the industry with applications in everything from toothbrushes to
 cellular telephones.  We are a leader in this emerging market.  This
 type of technology enhances our productivity and competitiveness.

     To offer the total manufacturing solution to our customers, we
 provide for the manufacture of plastic injection molds in compressed
 lead times in an effort to reduce the time to market of the finished
 product.  Currently customer orders placed for injection molds are
 subcontracted to manufacturers who specialize in the manufacture and
 engineering of plastics injection molds.  The majority of these molds
 are subcontracted to affiliated companies within the MGS Group.
 See "MGS Group" and "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of
 Interest."  As part of our strategic plan, we intend to acquire or
 develop plastic injection mold manufacturing capabilities at our
 production facility in Wisconsin and in our Texas location during
 fiscal 2000.

     We also manufacture plastic parts for unrelated customers on a
 purchase order basis.  These orders use tooling provided by the
 customer and our only responsibility is the manufacture of parts.
 This portion of our business represented approximately 15% of our net
 sales in fiscal 1999.

     In late fiscal 1999, we began to perform assembly operations for
 customers for whom we have manufactured individual molded parts.  For
 example, we are assembling the holster for a cellular telephone, a
 procedure involving assembling four parts and packaging the completed
 assembly in poly bags for bulk shipment.  These assembly operations are
 largely hand work and contracted for at a per piece price.  We intend
 to expand this portion of our business and expect it to account for
 approximately 25% of our net sales in 2000.

     Our finished products are shipped to customers by common carrier in
 most instances.

                                 39

 CUSTOMERS

     Our customer list currently includes approximately 10 Fortune 500
 companies and approximately 25 other companies.

     In 1999, we received approximately 56% of our manufacturing revenue
 from our arrangement with Motorola, Inc. to produce plastic parts for
 six of its divisions which produce consumer communications products.

     We have entered into a five-year agreement with the Paslode
 Cordless Tool Group of Illinois Tool Works, Inc., to provide injection
 molded parts.  Paslode designs and manufactures fasteners and power
<PAGE>
 tools for the residential construction industry.  Under this agreement,
 we will install approximately $1.5 million of equipment and
 improvements into the Paslode facility at Green Oaks, Illinois, to
 produce the parts.  We will have the use of approximately 29,000 square
 feet of space.  Sales under this agreement are estimated to be
 approximately $2.7 million for fiscal year 2000.  We expect to be
 producing parts at this facility by February, 2000. The agreement may
 be terminated upon 180 days notice by either Paslode or us.

     In 1999, sales to MGS Group companies represented approximately
 22.6% of our revenue.

     We derive approximately 39.8% of our revenues from sales outside of
 the United States.  Information concerning revenues derived from
 different geographic areas is set forth under "Business" in the notes
 to our consolidated financial statements.  A significant portion of
 our products which represent foreign sales are used in the assembly of
 end-use products which are then sold in the United States.

 BACKLOG

     At September 30, 1999, we had a backlog of orders, in the amount of
 approximately $7,000,000, compared to a backlog of approximately
 $350,000 on September 30, 1998.  This increase is attributable to the
 growth of our business in 1999, as 1998 was our first year of
 production.  Sales revenue increased approximately 778% in 1999 over
 the 1998 fiscal year.

     Our open order backlog at September 30, 1999 required deliveries at
 varying dates in fiscal 2000.  Because of the length of time between
 entering an order, shipping the product and recording the sale can vary

                                 40

 significantly from order to order, we believe that backlog levels
 should not be relied upon as an indicator of future sales volume.

     Our purchase orders often call for the delivery of finished
 products over an extended period of time.  These delivery periods
 commonly range from one to 12 months.  As is customary in our industry,
 we carry adequate amounts of raw materials inventory to facilitate the
 manufacture of products for which we have purchase orders in hand.  In
 addition, in order to make the best use of manufacturing efficiencies,
 we may produce an entire order in one production run and hold finished
 goods in inventory until the purchase order requires delivery.

 ACQUISITIONS AND EXPANSION

     Our strategic plan is based, in part, on growth through
 acquisition.  From time to time we intend to explore the acquisition
 of tooling and injection molding businesses, and may be engaged in
 discussion with one or more of such businesses.  As of the date of this
 prospectus we are engaged in discussion with two such businesses, but
 have not yet agreed on the terms of either transaction.

     We intend to begin operation of a tooling and molding facility in
<PAGE>
 Fort Worth, Texas in early 2000.  See "Machinery and Equipment" and
 "Production and Administrative Facilities."

 TRADEMARKS AND PATENTS

     Our business is not dependent upon trademark or patent rights.

 MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT

     Our overall manufacturing philosophy is to be a low-cost producer
 by using high speed molding machines, modern multi-cavity hot runner,
 cold runner and insulated runner molds and extensive material handling
 automation.  We have made, and intend to continue to make, significant
 capital investments in plant and equipment because of our objectives to
 grow, to improve productivity, to maintain competitive advantages, and
 meet the asset-intensive nature of the injection molding business.

     At September 30, 1999, we had leased 34 injection molding machines.
 We lease equipment from Moldmakers Leasing and from PCI Consulting and
 Leasing, each of which is a member of the MGS Group.  The leases are
 for one month in duration and are automatically renewable.

                                 41

     We expect to place approximately 40 additional molding machines and
 accessory equipment in operation during the 2000 fiscal year under
 leases whose terms are identical to those now in effect.  We intend to
 equip many of these molding machines with multi-shot capabilities.  In
 addition, we will lease the necessary equipment for performing assembly
 operations, material handling, storage and other facets of the
 operations as well as office and related furniture at our various
 facilities.  The assembly operations equipment will consist of industry
 specific welders, pad printers and work benches.  We expect
 approximately $4 million of these additions will be used in the Texas
 facility we intend to open in early 2000.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
     The expected additional types of equipment and lease costs are:
     <S>                                                <C>
     40 molding machines with robots and accessories    $16,000,000
     Secondary/assembly operations                      $ 2,000,000
     Material handling/storage/shipping/receiving       $ 2,000,000
     Furniture/fixtures                                 $ 1,000,000
     Total                                              $21,000,000{(1)}
<FN>
     {(1)}  The monthly lease rate is approximately 2.3% of the equipment
 cost.
</TABLE>
 PRODUCTION AND ADMINISTRATIVE FACILITIES

     GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN

     We lease approximately 66,000 square feet in an 88,000 square foot
 building owned by Moldmakers Leasing, a member of the MGS Group.  This
 leased space houses our production facilities.  The leased space is
 being finished to also house our assembly, engineering, and design
<PAGE>
 functions and provide general office space.  Other members of the MGS
 Group occupy the remaining 22,000 square feet.  The facility is located
 immediately across the street from the MGS Technical Center, which
 houses the offices of the MGS Group's companies and certain of the
 design, engineering and operating staff of those companies.  See
 "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of Interest."

     FORT WORTH, TEXAS

     We have entered into a lease, effective January 1, 2000, for a
 142,000 square foot building in Fort Worth from an unrelated party.
 We expect to install $4 million of tool shop equipment and $10 million
 of molding equipment in the facility in the first quarter of 2000.  It
 is anticipated that 70,000 square feet of the building will be used for

                                 42

 molding, 20,000 for a tool shop, 40,000 for warehousing, and the
 balance for office and support space.  We are engaged in negotiations
 to acquire a tooling operation in the Forth Worth area.  If that
 acquisition is made, it will be housed in this leased facility.

 RAW MATERIALS

     The principal raw materials we use in the manufacture of plastic
 parts are pelletized plastic resins.  These resins are purchased at
 open market prices from several manufacturers.  The resins used in our
 manufacturing process are petroleum or natural gas derivatives and
 their availability and price could be affected by the supply or prices
 of petroleum.  However, we have not experienced shortages in our
 operating history and do not foresee any material increases in pricing.
 We believe that should the cost of resins increase substantially, it
 may have a short-term adverse impact on our operating results, but that
 we will be able to recover most price increases from our customers in
 the form of higher prices for our products.

 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS

     We are subject to various federal, state and local laws and
 regulations including, without limitation, laws and regulations
 concerning the containment and disposal of hazardous waste and other
 waste materials which directly or indirectly affect our operations.
 Environmental laws and regulations typically impose "strict liability"
 for certain environmental damages.  Accordingly, in some situations, we
 could be liable for clean up costs even if the situation resulted from
 previous conduct that was lawful at the time or from improper conduct
 of, or conditions caused by, previous property owners, lessees or other
 persons not associated with us or events outside of our control.  Such
 clean up or costs associated with changes in environmental laws and
 regulations could be substantial and could have a materially adverse
 effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or
 cash flows.

     Our plastic products business routinely uses chemicals and
 solvents, some of which are classified as hazardous substances.  Use of
 these materials is generally limited to the spray application of
<PAGE>
 solvents to clean molds.  No special handling of used material is
 currently required. Plastic resin and scraps may be recycled or sent to
 landfills.  We believe we are currently in material compliance with
 existing environmental protection laws and regulations.  We are not
 involved in any significant remediation activities or administrative or
 judicial proceedings arising under federal, state or local
 environmental protection laws and regulations.

                                 43

 OUR LONG-TERM BUSINESS STRATEGY

     Our long-term business strategy is to attain $250 million in annual
 revenue by fiscal year 2004.  The knowledge gained of customers'
 molding needs during the past 23 months of operations, and the 17 years
 of experience of the MGS Group in the plastics injection molding
 industry, has provided us with a basis to formulate a plan intended to
 achieve this objective.

     A key element of our plan is the expansion of our operations
 throughout the United States.  Initial planning has indicated Arizona,
 Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, and Texas as key locations.  We intend to
 expand our operations through a combination of acquisitions of
 complementary businesses and expanding our own manufacturing
 facilities.

     During this growth, we plan to continue to use a corporate level
 strategy of differentiation by offering our customers a total
 manufacturing solution at the highest levels of quality on the most
 complex jobs.  Since virtually the entire MGS Group operates in the
 injection molding industry, we have the benefit of serving customers
 with complementary needs.  However, in order to achieve this total
 solution we intend to acquire the in-house capability to manufacture
 our own tooling.  Some of this capability will be achieved by
 purchasing existing businesses as part of our expansion plan.
 Additional tooling capability will be developed or acquired for our
 Wisconsin based operations.  Extending our current product line to
 include additional value-added and assembly services will serve as the
 second part of our total manufacturing solution marketing and
 operations plan.  All of these services will be available at compressed
 lead times to allow the customer to reduce its time to market and
 generate greater revenue and profit margins.

     In connection with the physical expansion of our facilities, we
 plan to increase our customer base.  The proposed locations for
 expansion have been strategically selected to logistically assist us in
 increasing our customer base.  Expansion of our sales force will also
 help to increase our presence within the injection molding industry.
 It has been and continues to be our intention to hire experienced
 management from the industry to provide inroads to new customers.  We
 also expect to benefit from exposure through participation in national
 and international trade association shows.  We also recognize the
 impact of the Internet and we are in the process of developing a plan
 to best utilize the Internet for our business.

     We expect to continue to capitalize on our relationship with the
<PAGE>
 MGS Group.  We will be able to draw on the significant experience of
 management within all aspects of the plastic injection molding
 industry.  However, it is essential that our management team be

                                 44

 strengthened to accommodate this growth.  Consequently, we are
 aggressively recruiting key personnel who can provide skills currently
 needed or complement current strengths.

     We also plan to continue efforts to enhance efficiency.  During the
 past two years we have invested many resources to build an
 infrastructure which would allow for exponential future growth.  That
 infrastructure is now in place, and we plan to be able to take
 advantage of economies of scale to increase profit margins.  Using the
 MGS Group for administrative services and internal functions also
 enables us to take advantage of economies of scale in the areas of
 management information, accounting, financial management and human
 resources.

     We also will continue to focus on the development of proprietary
 equipment and manufacturing processes in conjunction with the MGS Group.
 This should allow us to become more integrated and distinguish ourselves
 from our competitors.  The equipment and processes will give us
 competitive advantages by making technological advances which allow for
 lead times, precision, and quality which was previously unattainable.

 EMPLOYEES

     At November 1, 1999, we employed approximately 300 employees, of
 which 200 are production workers and 100 are office, managerial,
 engineering and technical employees.  Our principal executive officers
 are also officers and employees of other companies within the MGS
 Group.  See "Management" and "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts
 of Interest."

     Our employees participate in one or more employee benefit plans,
 including group health and disability insurance and a tax qualified
 retirement plan.  It is our intention to review our employee benefit
 programs from time to time and make any adjustments we feel are
 necessary or appropriate to attract and retain qualified employees.
 The MGS Group maintains the same employee benefit plans for the benefit
 of its employees.  Human resources administration is provided through
 the MGS Group.  See "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of
 Interest."

     None of our employees is represented under a collective bargaining
 agreement.  We consider our relations with our employees to be
 satisfactory and have not experienced any job actions or labor
 shortages since our inception.

                                 45

 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

      We may, from time to time, become involved in various legal
<PAGE>
 proceedings in the ordinary course of our business.  As of the date of
 this prospectus, we are not engaged in any legal proceedings and are
 not aware of any claims which are likely to be asserted against us.

                            MANAGEMENT

 DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
<TABLE>
      The persons listed below are now and will continue to be our
 directors and executive officers immediately following this offering:
<CAPTION>
     NAME AND AGE                  PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION
     <S>                           <C>
     Mark G. Sellers, 45           Chairman of the Board,
                                   President, CEO and Treasurer of PMC and
                                   TecStar and President, director and/or
                                   partner in each other entity in MGS Group.

     Scott W. Scampini, 46         Executive Vice President and Secretary of PMC
                                   and TecStar; also an officer, director or partner
                                   of each other entity in MGS Group.

     Jeffrey A. Kolbow, 31         Director of PMC and TecStar; also Vice President-
                                   Finance of MGS Enterprises, Inc., and an officer
                                   and/or director in each other entity in MGS Group.

     Bruce L. Schneider, 48        Vice President - Finance and a director of PMC
                                   and TecStar, also an officer and/or director of
                                   each other entity in MGS Group.

     Rade (Rudi) Petrovic, 50      Vice President - Sales and a director of PMC
                                   and TecStar.

                                 46

     Alan E. Vick, 51              Vice President - Quality Systems of TecStar and
                                   Statistical Plastics Corporation

     Kevin P. Christ, 33           Vice President - Manufacturing of TecStar
</TABLE>
     MARK G. SELLERS has served as President of PMC and TecStar since
 November, 1997, and as CEO, Chairman of the Board and Treasurer since
 inception.  Mr. Sellers has had extensive experience in the plastic
 moldmaking and related business.  Mr. Sellers received an Associate
 Degree in Tool and Die Technology from Milwaukee Area Technical College
 in 1972 and, following a five-year apprenticeship program, worked as a
 tool and die maker until 1982.  Mr. Sellers began his own tool and die
 shop in 1982 under the name Moldmakers, Incorporated, the first company
 of the MGS Group.  See "The MGS Group" and "Related Party Transactions
 and Conflicts of Interest."

     Mr. Sellers served as the president of the Society of Plastics
 Engineers, Milwaukee Section (1990-1991) as Chairman of the Moldmaking
 & Mold Design Division of the Society of Plastics Engineers
 International (1994), and is a member of the Division's board of
 directors.  In addition, he serves on the Advisory Committee of Moraine
<PAGE>
 Park Technical College and was the recipient of the Ernst & Young
 Emerging Entrepreneur Award in 1990.  As principal executive officer of
 the MGS Group, he also supervises a tool maker apprenticeship program
 certified by the State of Wisconsin for approximately 20 apprentices.

     SCOTT W. SCAMPINI has served as the Executive Vice President and
 Secretary of PMC and TecStar since its inception.  Mr. Scampini is also
 an officer and/or director of each of the companies in the MGS Group.
 Mr. Scampini has served the MGS Group of companies in various
 capacities since 1983.  He received a degree in business administration
 in 1974 from the Marquette University School of Business and received
 his license as a Certified Public Accountant in the same year.  Mr.
 Scampini has twenty years of experience in public accounting; from 1974
 to 1982 he was employed by Price Waterhouse and from 1984 to 1993 he
 was employed by BDO Siedman, LLP.  In addition to his services for the
 MGS Group, he is a partner in Scampini & Bond, certified public
 accountants.  Mr. Scampini is the founder of the Wisconsin Institute of
 Certified Public Accountants Corporate Finance Committee.  See "The MGS
 Group" and "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of Interest."

     JEFFREY A. KOLBOW has served as a director since July, 1999.  Mr.
 Kolbow has served the MGS Group of companies in various capacities
 since 1995.  He received his bachelor of business administration in
 1991 from the University of Wisconsin - Whitewater.  Mr. Kolbow is a
 Certified Public Account and a member of the Wisconsin Institute of

                                 47

 Certified Public Accountants and the American Institute of Certified
 Public Accountants.  Mr. Kolbow practiced public accounting at BDO
 Siedman, LLP from 1990 to 1995.

     BRUCE L. SCHNEIDER has served as the Vice President - Finance and a
 director of PMC and TecStar since July, 1999.  Previously, Mr.
 Schneider was CFO of TecStar and Statistical Plastics Corporation, a
 member of the MGS Group, since 1996.  Mr. Schneider has twenty-five
 years of experience in the accounting field.  From 1994 to 1996
 Sterling Tool Mfg. Co. employed Mr. Schneider as its controller, and
 from 1974 until 1994 Applied Power, Inc. employed him in various
 accounting capacities.

     RADE (RUDI) PETROVIC has served as the Vice President of Sales and
 a director of PMC and TecStar.  Mr. Petrovic received a B.S. in
 mechanical engineering from the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee in
 1973.  From 1973 to 1989, he worked for Rexnord Corporation, Milwaukee,
 Wisconsin, in manufacturing and engineering positions in facilities in
 the United States and in Germany.  His background includes ten years of
 experience as plant superintendent and plant manager for Rexnord's
 plastics operations.  From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Petrovic worked for Regina
 U.S.A., a division of Regina Industria, an Italian manufacturer of
 conveyor chains.  Mr. Petrovic joined Statistical Plastics Corporation,
 a member of the MGS Group and a stockholder of PMC, in 1995 and
 currently serves as its vice president.

     ALAN E. VICK has served as Vice President - Quality Systems of
 TecStar since April, 1999.  Mr. Vick has worked in plastic molding
<PAGE>
 management and quality assurance management for over 25 years.  He has
 extensive experience in the manufacturing of plastics, including
 tooling, maintenance, scheduling, purchasing and quality assurance.
 Mr. Vick spent 18 years with Globe Union, Inc., and 10 years with New
 Berlin Plastics, Inc. before joining the MGS Group in July, 1997.

     KEVIN P. CHRIST has served as Vice President - Manufacturing of
 TecStar since July, 1999.  Previously, Mr. Christ was manufacturing
 coordinator for the MGS Group from 1995 until 1998 when he moved into
 the same position for TecStar.  Prior to that, Mr. Christ was molding
 operations manager at Johnson Level & Tool from 1992 to 1995, and was a
 process engineer at Engineered Plastics Corp. from 1985 to 1992.

 COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Our directors are not compensated for their services as directors.
 Depending on our future operations, and other factors, our board of
 directors may determine that reasonable fees or compensation are

                                 48

 appropriate.  There is no present intention to establish such fees or
 compensation.

 COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

      Our board of directors has not established any committees and has
 no present intention of doing so.

 MANAGEMENT AGREEMENTS

     Our three principal executive officers also serve as executive
 officers of MGS Group companies.  In 1996, we entered into agreements
 with three of the MGS Group of companies (Statistical Plastics
 Corporation, Moldmakers Management, Inc., and MGS Enterprises, Inc.) to
 provide sales and marketing, consulting, and reference services in
 exchange for payments based on our net sales.  Under these agreements,
 the services of Mr. Sellers, Mr. Scampini, and Mr. Schneider are made
 available to us as our principal executive officers.  There is no
 obligation under the agreements to provide the services of any
 specified individual.  These agreements have terms which expire on
 December 31, 2006.  Payments under the agreements provide for an
 aggregate amount equal to 5% of our net sales during the term of the
 agreements, subject to an aggregate maximum payment under all
 agreements of $1,200,000.  No cash payments are required by us until
 termination of the agreements.  Through September 30, 1999, a total of
 $435,357 had been accrued under these agreements.  Of this accrued
 amount, $415,772 has been applied in lieu of cash payment by the three
 companies to amounts due us under various stock subscription agreements
 for our common stock.

     The terms of the management agreements were not determined by arms-
 length negotiation or reviewed by independent third parties.  We
 believe that the costs to the company under these agreements are
 comparable to what we would pay for similar management and marketing
 services if comparable full time executive officers were directly
<PAGE>
 employed by us.  See "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of
 Interest."

 COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

      Our board of directors does not currently have a Compensation
 Committee.  Senior management has been and will continue to be directly
 involved in setting compensation for our executives and the terms of
 our management agreements.

                                 49

 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The table below sets forth the cash compensation paid by us to our
 CEO and to each of our four other most highly compensated executive
 officers whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for the last fiscal
 year.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                    SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                            Annual Compensation
                                                                                      Long Term
                                                                                    Compensation
                                                                                        Awards
                                                                                      Securities     All Other
                                                                 Other Annual        Underlying     Compensation
 Name and Principal Position      Year      Salary      Bonus    Compensation($)      Options/
                                                                                       SARs(#)
 <S>                              <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>                <C>             <C>
 Mark G. Sellers; President       1999      $(1)        $(1)       $(1)                      0*       $(1)
 and CEO of the Company

 Scott W. Scampini;               1999      $(1)        $(1)       $(1)                      0        $(1)
 Executive Vice President

 Rade (Rudi) Petrovic; Vice       1999      $105,800    $0         $0                        0        $1,560(2)
 President - Sales
<FN>

 *Mr. Sellers and various affiliates of Mr. Sellers were granted options
 with respect to 5,000,000 shares on October 1, 1999.  See "Option
 Exercises and Holdings."
 {(1)}Neither Mr. Sellers nor Mr. Scampini received any salary, bonus,
 or other compensation from us in 1999.  Payments were made by us to the
 MGS Group pursuant to the terms of management agreements described
 under "Management - Management Agreements" to reimburse the MGS Group
 for, among other things, the management time provided by Mr. Sellers
 and Mr. Scampini.  See "Related Party Transactions and Conflicts of
 Interest".
 {(2)}Amounts contributed to 401(k) plan.
</TABLE>
 OPTION EXERCISES AND HOLDINGS

     No options were exercised by any executive officer named in the
<PAGE>
 Summary Compensation Table during our last fiscal year, nor did any of
 the executive officers hold options at year-end.  The following table
 provides information regarding holdings of stock options by Mr. Sellers
 at October 1, 1999.  No other executive officers hold stock options as
 of the date of this prospectus.

                                 50
<TABLE>
             OPTION/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR {(1)}
<CAPTION>
                                    Individual Grants
                   Number of        % of total                                     Potential Realizable
                   Securities       Options/SARs                                   Value at Assumed Annual
                   Underlying       Granted to      Exercise or                 Rates of Stock Price
                   Options/SARs     Employees in    Base Price     Expiration   Appreciation for
 Name              Granted(#)       Fiscal Year     ($/Sh)         Date         Option Term
                                                                                 5%($)            10%($)
 <S>               <C>                <C>           <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>
 Mark G. Sellers   5,000,000{(1)}     100%          $10.00        9/30/01     $5,125,000{(2)} $10,500,000{(2)}
<FN>
 {(1)}No options were granted by us in the last fiscal year to any
      person named in the Summary Compensation Table.  The options
      indicated in the table were granted on October 1, 1999 to Mr.
      Sellers (1,750,000 shares), two trusts for which he serves as
      trustee (1,250,000 shares), and two of the MGS Group companies,
      Moldmakers Investments (1,000,000 shares) and Moldmakers, Inc.
      (1,000,000 shares).  Each of the options is immediately
      exercisable, in whole or in part, at an exercise price of $10.00
      per share.
 {(2)}There is no established market for the stock.  Assumes fair market
      value per share of $10.00 on date of grant.
</TABLE>
 OTHER INCENTIVE PLANS

     We expect to continue to review the adoption of cash and
 stock-based incentive plans for management and our employees.  The
 terms and number of shares of stock which may be subject to options
 under any such plans, if adopted, cannot be determined at the present
 time.

 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

     As permitted by applicable Wisconsin law, we have included in our
 articles of incorporation a provision to limit the personal liability
 of our directors for monetary damages for breach or alleged breach of
 their fiduciary duties as directors.  In addition, our by-laws provide
 that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under a
 number of circumstances, including those circumstances in which
 indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required
 to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in
 connection with proceedings against them for which they may be
 indemnified.  At present, we are not aware of any pending or threatened
 litigation or proceeding involving a director, officer, employee or
 agent of ours in which indemnification would be required or permitted.
 We believe that these indemnification provisions are necessary to
 attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.
                                 51
<PAGE>
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
 Securities Act of 1933 may be granted to directors, officers or persons
 controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed
 that in the opinion of the SEC this indemnification is against public
 policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is therefore
 unenforceable.

                           THE MGS GROUP

     The MGS Group consists of 20 separate entities, ten of which
 constitute its principal operating entities:

     <circle> MOLDMAKERS, INCORPORATED
     <circle> O&S DESIGN, INC.
     <circle> PROTOTYPE MOLD & DESIGN, INC.
     <circle> STATISTICAL PLASTICS CORPORATION
     <circle> MGS ENTERPRISES INC.
     <circle> MOLDMAKERS LEASING & INVESTMENTS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, LLP
     <circle> PCI CONSULTING AND LEASING, INC.
     <circle> CADD PLUS, INC.
     <circle> REDLINE, INC.
     <circle> MOLDMAKERS DIE CAST TOOLING DIVISION, INC.

     A brief description of each of these companies may be found on page
 2.

     At the present time and upon completion of the offering, voting
 control of our common stock will rest with members of the MGS Group and
 their directors and officers.  Mark G. Sellers exercises direct or
 indirect voting control over each company within the MGS Group.  See
 "Risk Factors," "Principal Stockholders," "Management" and "Related
 Party Transactions and Conflicts of Interest."

     The business strategy of the MGS Group is to develop, through its
 member companies and closely affiliated companies, the capability to
 serve as a full-service provider to manufacturers who purchase plastic
 parts for use in their products.  The MGS Group is capable of providing
 design, moldmaking, testing and production of plastic parts and
 components.  The MGS Group currently provides substantially all of the
 services or products required by the plastics industry.  We currently
 operate in conjunction with the MGS Group as a high volume plastic
 manufacturing company, although one of our strategic goals is to
 develop a greater independent marketing strength, customer base, and
 our own mold making capability.  The principal members of the MGS Group

                                 52

 are described below.  We now have and expect to continue to have
 on-going management, service, marketing and production relationships
 with each of these principal members and other companies within the MGS
 Group.

     The MGS Group of companies are located in Germantown and Menomonee
 Falls, Wisconsin.  Our Wisconsin production facility is located
 adjacent to the Technical Center in Germantown, Wisconsin.
<PAGE>
       RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     We have entered into various transactions with members of the MGS
 Group to provide management and administrative services, equipment, and
 facilities.  We expect that additional transactions of a similar nature
 will be entered into in the future.  None of these agreements is the
 result of independent, arms-length negotiations and no independent
 third party has reviewed or approved any of these arrangements.  We
 believe that the services, equipment and/or real estate transactions
 which have been or which will be entered into with the MGS Group are,
 or will be, on terms no less favorable than comparable transactions
 entered into with independent parties.  The principal transactions we
 have entered into, or expect to continue, with MGS Group companies are
 as follows:

 <circle>Agreements under which MGS group companies and officers provide
         essential management, sales, and marketing services to us in
         exchange for an amount equal to 5% of our revenue.  (See
         "Management - Management Agreement");

 <circle>We subcontract with Prototype Mold & Design, Inc., O&S Design,
         Inc., and Moldmakers, Incorporated for moldmaking and
         engineering services for orders where these services have not
         been bid with independent parties by our customers.  These
         subcontracts generally represent prices which would reflect
         competitively bid contracts.  Our contracts represent less than
         5% of each of such companies' revenues;

 <circle>Agreements under which Statistical Plastics Corporation
         purchases machine time and labor to meet their customers'
         orders.  These agreements are furnished on a time and materials
         basis which reflect our operating costs and include an
         operating profit and represented approximately 17% of
         our revenue in 1999;

                                 53

 <circle>Leases between us and Moldmakers Leasing and PCI Consulting and
         Leasing, Inc. under which we lease our Germantown, Wisconsin
         facility.   Rental payments are based on 105% of the lessors'
         debt service attributable to the square footage of the leased
         space.  (See "Business - Machinery and Equipment; - Production
         and Administrative Facilities");

 Subleases for a majority of our production equipment with Moldmakers
 Leasing and PCI Consulting and Leasing, Inc.  These subleases provide
 for a lease financing rate which is 5% higher than the lease rate paid
 by the applicable MGS Group company under its principal leases.  We
 believe that the rate paid by us is comparable to the lease rate we
 would pay if we obtained lease financing independently;

 We provide 10% of Moldmakers Leasing's revenue and 52% of the revenue
 of PCI Consulting.
<PAGE>
 <circle>Agreements between us and MGS Enterprises, Inc. for accounting,
         sales and marketing services, and human resources services.
         The costs of these services are shared primarily on a per
         capita basis with the MGS Group of companies using the
         services.  In some cases, costs are based on actual usage.
         (See "Management - Management Agreements," and "Business
          - Employees");

 <circle>Agreements between us and Cadd Plus, Inc. for management
         information systems and related computer support services.  The
         costs of these services are shared primarily on a per capita
         basis with the MGS Group of companies using the services.  In
         some cases, costs are based on actual usage;

 <circle>Agreements under which we use MGS Group companies to provide
         testing and sampling.  We pay the same costs as would be
         charged independent companies for similar services.

 In addition to the services listed immediately above, we contract with
 the certified public accounting firm of Scampini & Bond, Certified
 Public Accountants, to perform special projects, accounting, tax
 consulting and return preparation services at hourly rates.  These
 rates are at or below rates charged to unaffiliated clients of the
 firm.  Scott W. Scampini, our Executive Vice President and Secretary,
 is a principal in the firm.  He is not paid for services provided as a
 member of the firm.

                                 54

     Further information on the terms of these transactions may be found
 under the headings "Business" and "Management" and in our consolidated
 financial statements and the notes thereto; see "Index to Consolidated
 Financial Statements."  The descriptions of the material terms of these
 related party are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
 agreement to which each summary description relates.  We have filed
 copies of each of our material agreements as an exhibit to the
 registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     Mark G. Sellers is the principal stockholder of each of the MGS
 Group of companies and Mr. Sellers, each of our directors, and each of
 our principal executive officers are also directors and executive
 officers of companies in the MGS Group.  Mr. Sellers owns a 50% equity
 interest and Mr. Scampini a 25% equity interest in PCI Consulting and
 Leasing.  Mr. Sellers owns a 69% equity interest and Mr. Scampini an
 11% interest in Moldmakers Leasing.  These two MGS Group entities
 provide lease financing for our equipment and we lease our principal
 manufacturing facility from them.

     As a result of this overlapping ownership and management structure,
 the interests of the MGS Group stockholders and partners may differ
 from those of our stockholders.  For example, we compete for purchase
 order contracts with companies for whom the MGS Group may perform
 design, testing or other services.  In other cases, we subcontract
 moldmaking and related engineering services and contract to MGS Group
<PAGE>
 companies without competitive bidding from other companies which may
 provide these services on an independent basis.  Similarly, because of
 the interrelationship of our management and the physical proximity of
 our principal offices and production facility, our management has not
 and does not intend to invite competitive bids for the support services
 provided by the MGS Group for accounting, management information, sales
 and marketing, human resources and other services.  Finally, management
 has not sought competitive bidding for the various real estate leases
 and equipment financing transactions which are essential to our
 business.

     In resolving any competing interests, our management will be bound
 by general corporate fiduciary duties imposed under state law which
 requires our directors and officers to deal fairly and in the best
 interests of our stockholders.  However, there is no independent review
 of the terms of any of our transactions and we have agreed to limit the
 liability of our directors and officers.  See "Management - Limitation
 of Liability and Indemnification Matters."

                                 55

                      PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth information with respect to
 beneficial ownership of our common stock as of November 30, 1999, and
 as adjusted to reflect completion of this offering, by

     <circle>each of the officers listed in the Summary Compensation
             Table;
     <circle>each director;
     <circle>each holder of more than 5% of our common stock; and
     <circle>all current directors and executive officers as a group.

     Except as indicated in the footnotes to this table, the individuals
 named in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect
 to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Number of Shares
                                 Beneficially Owned      Percentage of Class
     NAME                         BEFORE OFFERING          BEFORE OFFERING    AFTER OFFERING{(1)}
<S>                                <C>                         <C>                 <C>
 Statistical Plastics                705,000                    18.80%             16.59%
   Corporation<dagger>
 MGS Enterprises Inc.<dagger>        324,000                     8.64%              7.62%
 Moldmakers Management, Inc.<dagger> 300,000                     8.00%              7.06%
 Moldmakers, Incorporated          1,300,450 {(2)}              27.38%             24.77%
 Prototype Mold & Design, Inc.       120,000                     3.20%              2.82%
 Moldmakers Leasing &
   Investments                     1,517,560 {(2)}              31.95%             28.91%
 Mark G. Sellers                   7,330,010 {(3)}              83.77%             79.24%
 Scott W. Scampini                    61,500                     1.64%              1.45%
 Jeffrey A. Kolbow                     9,000                        *                  *
 Rudi Petrovic                        39,000                     1.04%                 *
 Bruce L. Schneider                   32,100                        *                  *
 All directors and officers
   as a group (5)                  7,471,610 {(4)}              85.39%             80.77%
<FN>
 <dagger>Member of MGS Group of companies
 *Less than 1%
 {(1)}Assumes sale of 500,000 shares in the offering.  Also assumes that
      no shares are repurchased in the rescission offer described under
      "Rescission
       Offer"

                                 56

 {(2)}Includes 1,000,000 shares subject to options exercisable within 60
      days
 {(3)}Includes (a) 4,267,010 shares beneficially owned by the MGS Group
      companies (including options exercisable within 60 days) listed in
      the table and in which Mr. Sellers directly or indirectly holds a
      majority of the equity interests and over which Mr. Sellers
      exercises management and voting control as principal executive
      officer, (b) 1,750,000 shares subject to options which are
      exercisable within 60 days, and (c) 1,250,000 shares which are
      exercisable within 60 days held by trusts of which Mr. Sellers is
      trustee.  See "The MGS Group"
 {(4)}Includes shares subject to options which are exercisable within 60
      days
</TABLE>
                    DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY DESCRIPTION OF THE MATERIAL PROVISIONS OF OUR
 ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
 REFERENCE TO OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS, WHICH WE HAVE
 FILED AS EXHIBITS TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT OF WHICH THIS
 PROSPECTUS IS A PART.

     Our authorized capital stock consists of 15,000,000 shares of
 common stock, no par value per share.  Immediately prior to this
 offering, we had 3,750,000 shares of common stock outstanding which
<PAGE>
 were held by approximately 214 stockholders of record.  If all shares
 in this offering are sold and no Rescission Shares are repurchased by
 us, there will be 4,250,000 shares of common stock outstanding upon
 completion of the offering.

 COMMON STOCK

     Holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be
 declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available to
 pay dividends, and, in the event of liquidation, to share pro rata with
 the holders of common stock in any distribution of our assets after
 payment or providing for the payment of liabilities and the liquidation
 preference of any outstanding preferred stock.  Each holder of common
 stock is entitled to one vote for each share held of record on the
 applicable record date for all matters presented to stockholders.
 Holders of common stock have no cumulative voting rights or preemptive
 rights to purchase or subscribe for any stock or other securities, and
 there are no conversion rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions
 with respect to common stock.  All outstanding shares of common stock
 are, and the shares of common stock offered in this prospectus will be
 when issued, fully paid and nonassessable except for a contingent
 liability under Wisconsin law for unpaid wages.  Wisconsin law provides
 that a stockholder may be held liable, up to the amount the stockholder
 paid for his shares, for any claims made by employees for unpaid wages,
 up to a maximum of six-months of wages.

                                 57

 ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS IN OUR ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS
 AND WISCONSIN LAW

     Our articles of incorporation and by-laws contain provisions that
 could delay or make more difficult the acquisition of PMC by means of a
 hostile tender offer, open market purchases, a proxy contest, or
 otherwise.  We intend to amend our articles of incorporation and
 by-laws to add additional provisions which may also have the same
 effect.  Wisconsin law also contains provisions which are intended to
 make a non-negotiated transaction more difficult to achieve.  We also
 refer you to "Risk Factors--Mr. Sellers Will Control Our Company and
 this Control Could Inhibit Potential Changes in Control" for
 information on other factors which could impact a change in control.

     PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO OUR ARTICLES AND BY-LAWS

     At our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, we intend
 to propose that the following amendments to our articles of
 incorporation and by-laws be adopted.  Given the beneficial ownership
 of shares by Mr. Sellers, these amendments will be adopted if proposed:

 <circle>SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIRED FOR MERGER OR SALE.  Amend our
         articles of incorporation to require that any proposal to merge
         with another company, to effect a share exchange, or to sell
         all or substantially all of our assets will require the
         approval of the holders of two-thirds of our common stock.
 <circle>CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  Amend our articles of
         incorporation and by-laws to provide that our board of
<PAGE>
         directors be divided into three classes of directors, as nearly
         equal in size as possible, serving staggered three-year terms.
         Upon expiration of the term of a class of directors, the
         directors in that class will be elected for three-year terms at
         the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which the
         term for that class of directors expires.  In addition, these
         amendments will provide that directors may be removed only for
         cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of
         the shares of common stock entitled to vote, and any vacancy on
         the board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy
         resulting from an enlargement of the board, may only be filled
         by vote of a majority of the directors then in office.  The
         classification of the board of directors and the limitations on
         the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could have
         the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to
         acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring,
         control of us.
 <circle>AMENDMENTS; SUPERMAJORITY VOTE REQUIREMENTS.  Amend our
         articles of incorporation to impose supermajority vote

                                 58

         requirements in connection with the amendment of provisions of
         our amended articles of incorporation and by-laws, including
         those provisions relating to the classified board of directors.
         The Wisconsin Business Corporation Law provides generally that
         the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to
         vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's
         articles of incorporation or by-laws, unless a corporation's
         articles of incorporation or by-laws, as the case may be,
         requires a greater percentage.

     REQUIREMENTS FOR ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATION AND
 PROPOSALS

     Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to
 stockholder proposals and the nomination, other than by or at the
 direction of our board of directors or a committee thereof, of
 candidates for election as directors.  To be timely, a stockholder's
 notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less
 than 60 days, nor more than 90 days, prior to the anniversary date of
 the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders.  In the event
 that the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days
 before or after the anniversary date, notice from the stockholder must
 be received no later than the tenth day following the date on which
 notice of the annual meeting was mailed to stockholders or made
 public, whichever occurred earlier.  In the case of a special meeting
 of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, notice by
 the stockholder must be received not later than the close of business
 on the tenth day following the day on which notice was mailed or public
 disclosure of the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first
 occurs.  Our by-laws also specify certain requirements as to the form
 and content of a stockholder's notice.  These provisions may preclude
 stockholders from bringing matters before an annual meeting of
 stockholders or from making nominations for directors at an annual
 meeting of stockholders.
<PAGE>
     AUTHORIZED BUT UNISSUED SHARES

     The authorized but unissued shares of common stock are available
 for future issuance without stockholder approval.  These additional
 shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including
 future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate
 acquisitions and employee benefit plans.  The existence of authorized
 but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render
 more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by
 means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

                                 59

     RESTRICTIONS ON BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND CONTROL SHARES UNDER
 WISCONSIN LAW

     Section 180.1141 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law
 restricts certain business combinations between us and an "interested
 stockholder."  An "interested stockholder" includes any person who
 beneficially owns at least 10% of the voting power of the outstanding
 voting stock of our common stock and any of our affiliates or
 associates who, within the last three years, beneficially owned at
 least 10% of the voting power of our then outstanding voting stock.
 "Interested stockholders" also generally include affiliates and
 associates of the interested stockholder.  A "business combination"
 includes:

 <circle>a merger or share exchange with an interested stockholder (or a
         corporation which would become an affiliate after a merger or
         share exchange);
 <circle>a sale, lease or other disposition to or with an interested
         stockholder of assets which:
 <circle>represents at least 5% of the aggregate market value of our
         assets;
 <circle>has an aggregate market value equal to at least 5% of the value
         of our outstanding stock; or
 <circle>represents at least 10% of the earning power or income of our
         company;
 <circle>the issuance of our stock which has an aggregate market value
         equal to at least 5% of the aggregate market value of all of
         our outstanding stock to an interested stockholder;
 <circle>a plan or proposal for liquidation or dissolution of our
         corporation pursuant to a proposal by or an agreement with an
         interested stockholder; and
 <circle>other reclassifications, recapitalizations and loan,
         guarantees, financial assistance, or other transactions
         for the benefit of the interested stockholder.

 For a period of three years after the date on which an interested
 stockholder first became an interested stockholder, no business
 combinations between us and the interested stockholder may occur unless
 our board of directors had given prior approval to the business
 combination or the purchase by which the interested stockholder became
 an interested stockholder.  At any time more than three years after the
 date on which an interested stockholder became an interested
 stockholder, no business combination may be consummated unless the
<PAGE>
 purchase by which the interested stockholder became an interested
 stockholder was approved by our board of directors prior to the date on
 which the interested stockholder became an interested stockholder, the
 business combination meets certain "fair price" requirements set forth
 in the statute, or the business combination is approved by a majority
 of our shares entitled to vote which are not beneficially owned by the
 interested stockholder.

                                 60

     Section 180.1150 of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law provides
 that, subject to certain exceptions, in any matters to be voted upon by
 our stockholders, the voting power of shares held by any person in
 excess of 20% of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote in the
 election of directors is limited to 10% of the full voting power of
 those excess shares.  For example, a stockholder with 30% of the voting
 shares would exercise 23% of the voting power of the shares eligible to
 vote.  There are exceptions to these limitations, including exceptions
 for shares acquired before this offering or which were acquired by the
 exercise of an option.  The shares beneficially owned by Mr. Sellers
 are not subject to this limitation on voting power.

                  SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
 common stock.  No public market is expected to develop after this
 offering as the common stock will not be listed for trading on any
 exchange and the stock will not be followed by the investment
 community.  However, future sales of substantial amounts of our common
 stock could adversely affect the price at which a stockholder may be
 able to sell share of common stock.  Upon completion of this offering,
 we will have 4,250,000 shares of common stock outstanding.  The 500,000
 shares offered in this prospectus will be freely tradeable without
 restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws,
 unless purchased by one of our affiliates, as that term is defined in
 Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.  All other shares, other
 than shares received under a stock option plan by persons who are not
 our affiliates, will be "restricted shares" for purposes of the
 Securities Act of 1933 and subject to the volume and other limitations
 set forth in Rule 144.

     In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person, or
 persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned shares
 for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner,
 except an affiliate from whom those shares were purchased, is entitled
 to sell in "brokers' transactions" or to market makers, within any
 three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this
 prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of

     <circle>1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock (1% is
             expected to be 42,500 shares immediately after this
             offering), or
     <circle>the average weekly trading volume of our common stock
             during the four calendar weeks preceding the required
             filing of a Form 144 with respect to this sale.

                                 61
<PAGE>
 Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject to the availability of
 current public information about us.  Under Rule 144(k), a person who
 is not deemed to have been our affiliate at any time during the 90 days
 preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to
 be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any
 prior owner other than an affiliate from whom these shares were
 purchased, is entitled to sell these shares without having to comply
 with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or
 notice provisions of Rule 144.

     None of our directors, executive officers, or other stockholders
 have entered into lock-up agreements under which they have agreed not
 to sell any of their shares for a specified period of time.

                     PRICING OF THIS OFFERING

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
 common stock.  We have determined the initial public offering price
 after consideration of numerous factors we considered relevant.  These
 factors include our future prospects and our industry in general, our
 sales growth since commencing operations in November, 1997, our present
 customer list and status as a preferred supplier with certain
 customers, our anticipated earnings in the 2000 fiscal year and other
 financial and operating information in recent periods.

                           LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters relating to PMC and TecStar will be passed
 upon for us by Niebler, Pyzyk, Klaver & Wagner LLP. Menomonee Falls,
 Wisconsin.  This firm has in the past represented and continues to
 represent us on a regular basis and in a variety of matters other than
 this offering.  Matters relating to the application of state and
 federal securities laws in connection with the offering will be passed
 upon by Ruder, Ware & Michler, A Limited Liability S.C., Wausau,
 Wisconsin.

                              EXPERTS

     The audited financial statements and schedules included in this
 prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been
 audited by Wolf & Company - Milwaukee, S.C., independent public
 accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and
 are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as
 experts in giving said reports.

                                 62

                      ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a
 registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933
 with respect to the common stock offered in this prospectus.  This
 prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the
 registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to that
 registration statement.  For further information with respect to us and
 the common stock, we refer you to this registration statement and its
<PAGE>
 exhibits and schedules.  Statements contained in this prospectus as to
 the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily
 complete and, in each instance, reference is made to the copy of that
 contract or document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement,
 each of these statements being qualified in all respects by that
 reference. The registration statement, including exhibits to the
 registration statement, may be inspected and copied at the public
 reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Judiciary Plaza, 450
 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549 (telephone number
 1-800-SEC-0330) and at the SEC's Regional Offices located at Suite 1400,
 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661 and Seven World Trade
 Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048. Copies of these materials
 may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth
 Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 at prescribed rates. The SEC also
 maintains a world wide web site, HTTP://WWW.SEC.GOV, that contains
 reports, proxy and information statements and other information
 regarding registrants such as us which file electronically with the
 SEC. The registration statement, including all exhibits and amendments
 to the registration statement, is available on that website.

     Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the
 informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and,
 in accordance with those requirements, will file reports, proxy and
 information statements with the SEC.  You may inspect and copy these
 reports, proxy and information statements and other information at the
 addresses set forth above.

     We intend to furnish to our stockholders our annual reports
 containing consolidated financial statements audited by our independent
 auditors and quarterly reports containing unaudited consolidated
 financial statements for each of the first three quarters of each
 fiscal year.

                                 63

            INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                     PAGE

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

 Report of Independent Public Accountants ..........F-2

 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of
   September 30, 1998 and 1999 .....................F-3

   Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended
      September 30, 1998 and 1999 ..................F-5

   Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
      September 30, 1998 and 1999 ..................F-6

   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
      September 30, 1998 and 1999 ..................F-7

   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ......F-9
<PAGE>
 EXPLANATORY NOTE:  At September 30, 1997, we were a development stage
 company and had not yet commenced operations.  Accordingly, financial
 statements for such year are not included.

                                 F-1

             REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


 To the Stockholders of
 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, AND
   WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY
 Germantown, Wisconsin


 We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Plastics Mfg.
 Company, and wholly owned subsidiary TecStar Mfg. Company as of
 September 30, 1998 and 1999, and the related statements of
 operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the years then
 ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the
 Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
 these financial statements based on our audits.

 We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
 standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits
 to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements
 are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
 test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
 financial statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting
 principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
 as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe
 that our audits of the statements provide a reasonable basis for our
 opinion.

 In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present
 fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Plastics
 Mfg. Company, and wholly-owned subsidiary TecStar Mfg. Company at
 September 30, 1998 and 1999, and the results of its operations, its
 changes in stockholders' equity, and its cash flows for the years then
 ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.


                                      WOLF AND COMPANY-MILWAUKEE, S. C.
                                        CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

 Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 October 28, 1999

                                 F-2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999
<CAPTION>
                                ASSETS

                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
 Current assets                                        1998           1999
     <S>                                            <C>          <C>
     Cash in bank                                   $     9,621  $   245,813
     Accounts receivable - trade (Note 4)                30,141    2,167,918
     Accounts receivable - related parties (Note 4)           -      739,603
     Progress receivables                                     -      111,745
     Prepaid expenses                                    34,578       89,897
     Inventory                                           72,202    1,073,435

 TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS                                   146,542    4,428,411

 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
     Office equipment                                    15,274       20,405
     Leasehold improvements                             533,055      549,521
     Truck                                                3,655        3,655
     Machinery & equipment                              375,007      697,406
     Production molds                                         -      100,000
                                                        926,991    1,370,987
     Less accumulated depreciation                      (40,676)    (134,756)
 NET PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT                             886,315    1,236,231

 OTHER ASSETS
     Deposits (Note 2)                                  289,850    2,189,039
     Deferred income tax benefit, net                   402,040      833,200
     Organization costs, net (Note 8)                   164,414            -
 TOTAL OTHER ASSETS                                     856,304    3,079,239

                                                     $1,889,161   $8,686,881

            See accompanying summary of accounting policies and
                       notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                 F-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
               LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<CAPTION>
                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1998         1999
 <S>                                                   <C>          <C>
 Current liabilities
     Accounts payable - trade                          $  152,016   $1,359,174
     Accounts payable - related parties                   663,291    1,600,087
     Line of credit loan                                        -      425,000
     Accrued payroll                                        7,397      203,711
     Customer deposits                                          -      441,439
     Deferred income tax liability, net                         -       24,600
 TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES                                822,704    4,054,011

 LONG-TERM LIABILITIES                                          -            -

 TOTAL LIABILITIES                                        822,704    4,054,011

 Stockholders' equity (Note 5)
     Common stock, no par value,
         15,000,000 shares authorized,
         819,000 shares issued and outstanding (1998)
         3,750,000 shares issued and outstanding (1999) 2,845,000    6,670,028
     Stock subscriptions receivable                    (1,200,000)    (784,228)
     Accumulated deficit                                 (578,543)  (1,252,930)
 TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                             1,066,457    4,632,870

                                                       $1,889,161   $8,686,881

            See accompanying summary of accounting policies and
                       notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                 F-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999
<CAPTION>
                                                FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                1998         1999
<S>                                        <C>          <C>
 Sales
     Molding                               $   72,171   $4,561,615
     Tooling                                  131,200    1,217,037
     Related parties                          646,693    1,686,730
                                              850,064    7,465,382
 COST OF GOODS SOLD
     Trade                                    354,126    4,575,334
     Related parties                        1,154,722    3,036,764
                                            1,508,848    7,612,098
     Gross profit                            (658,784)    (146,716)

 SELLING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
     Trade                                     74,134      622,963
     Related parties                          205,162      172,441
                                              279,296      795,404
     Total operating loss                    (938,080)    (942,120)

 OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
     Interest income                                -        5,006
     Interest expense                               -      (21,872)
     Management fee ( Note 7)                 (42,503)      42,503
     Loss before income tax expense and
        accounting change                    (980,583)    (916,483)

 INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note 3)                  402,040      337,710

     Net loss before cumulative
        effect of accounting change          (578,543)    (578,773)

 CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING
     CHANGE, NET OF $68,800
     DEFERRED TAX BENEFIT (Note 8)                  -      (95,614)

 NET LOSS                                  $ (578,543)  $ (674,387)

            See accompanying summary of accounting policies and
                       notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>

                                 F-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999

<CAPTION>
                                    Common         Stock          Accumulated
                                     STOCK       SUBSCRIPTIONS       DEFICIT

<S>                              <C>             <C>           <C>
 Initial common stock sale       $1,250,000      $1,200,000    $         -

 BALANCES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1997     1,250,000       1,200,000              -

 Common stock sales               1,595,000               -              -
 Net loss                                 -               -       (578,543)
 BALANCES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1998     2,845,000       1,200,000       (578,543)

 Common stock sales               4,240,800              -                -
 Common stock split effected
     in the form of a dividend            -              -                -
 Management fee waived (Note 7)    (415,772)      (415,772)
 Net Loss                                 -              -         (674,387)
 BALANCES, SEPTEMBER 30, 1999    $6,670,028      $ 784,228     $ (1,252,930)

               See accompanying summary of accounting policies and
                       notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                 F-6
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEARS ENDED
                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND 1999

<CAPTION>
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1998           1999
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
 Cash Flows from operating activities:
     Net Loss                                       $ (578,543)  $ (674,387)
     Change in Accounting                                    -       95,614
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net
         cash provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation                                  40,676       94,080
          Amortization                                   6,000            -
          Deferred income taxes                       (402,040)    (337,760)
          Accounts receivable - trade                  (30,141)  (2,137,777)
          Accounts receivable - related parties              -     (739,603)
          Progress receivables                               -     (111,745)
          Inventory                                    (72,202)  (1,001,233)
          Prepaid expenses                             (34,578)     (55,319)
          Accounts payable - trade                     152,016    1,207,158
          Accounts payable - related parties           663,291      936,796
          Accrued expenses                               7,397      196,314
          Customer deposits                                  -      441,439

 CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES                (248,124)  (2,086,423)

 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
     Purchase of property and equipment               (926,991)    (443,996)
     Deposits on leases                               (289,850)  (1,899,189)
     Payment of organizational expenses - trade        (50,660)           -
     Payment of organizational expenses
        - related parties                             (119,754)           -
 CASH PROVIDED BY INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES             (1,387,255)  (2,343,185)

 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
     Proceeds from sale of stock                     1,645,000    4,240,800
     Proceeds from line of credit                            -      425,000
 NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES           1,645,000    4,665,800

 INCREASE IN CASH                                        9,621      236,192

 CASH, beginning of year                                     -        9,621

 CASH, end of year                                  $    9,621   $  245,813

     SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
     Cash paid during the year for: Interest        $        -   $   21,872
                              Income taxes                   -           25

               See accompanying summary of accounting policies and
                        notes to financial statements.
</TABLE>
                                 F-7
<PAGE>
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 BUSINESS

 Plastics Mfg. Company (the Company) is a holding company, which owns
 100% of the stock of TecStar Mfg. Company.  The Company was in the
 development stage from its formation on October 23, 1996 through March
 31, 1999.  As of April 1, 1999, the Company was no longer considered to
 be in the development stage.  Manufacturing operations commenced in
 November, 1997 with sales being made primarily to related companies.

 The Company produces high quality injection molded plastic parts for
 various original equipment manufacturers located in the U.S. (60.2%),
 China (18.4%), the United Kingdom (16.0%), and other countries (5.4%).
 The Company also recognizes revenues from the sale of high quality
 molds, the manufacture of which is currently subcontracted, primarily
 to affiliates.  The majority of these molds are intended for parts
 produced at its facility in Germantown, Wisconsin.

 ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 The balance includes no allowance for doubtful accounts - all balances
 are fully collectible.

 PROGRESS SALES

 Tooling sales are recognized on the specific job orders based upon
 hours incurred using the applicable billing rate for shop or design
 work, which approximates the percentage of completion method of income
 recognition.

 INVENTORY

 Inventory is valued at the lower of cost (determined by the first-in,
 first-out method) or market.  The components of inventory consist of
 the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   1998          1999
     <S>                      <C>           <C>
     Perishable tools         $   21,972    $   14,772
     Raw materials                35,768       459,825
     Materials in progress        14,462       176,630
     Finished goods                    -       422,208
     Total                    $   72,202    $1,073,435
</TABLE>
                                 F-8

 Materials are classified as materials in process when they are
 assigned to or procured for a specified customer order.

 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 Property and equipment is stated at cost.  Depreciation is provided by
 the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related
<PAGE>
 assets.  For income tax purposes, depreciation is provided using the
 MACRS method over the prescribed lives of the related assets.

 ADVERTISING COSTS

 Advertising costs are charged to operations when incurred.  The company
 does not utilize direct-response advertising.

 USE OF ESTIMATES

 The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
 accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
 and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
 statements and accompanying notes.  Actual results could differ from
 those estimates.

 1.  DEBT

 The Company has a bank line of credit of $750,000 (increased in
 October, 1999 to $2,000,000, which is available through September
 2000).  The loan agreement includes various covenants pertaining to
 maintenance of working capital and tangible net worth levels; liability
 ratios; no additional debt; no dividends; and no transfer, sale or
 lease of significant assets.  The interest rate on the loan is 8.75%
 (prime plus .5%) at September 30, 1999.

 2.  LEASE COMMITMENTS

 The Company leases equipment from Moldmakers Leasing and Investments
 Limited Partnership, LLP (Moldmakers Leasing) and from PCI Consulting
 and Leasing, Inc., both of whom are related parties through common
 control.  The month-to-month leases are automatically renewable.  Rent
 expenses totaled $603,476 and $1,566,230, in 1998 and 1999,
 respectively.

                                 F-9

 In addition, the Company leases its facilities from Moldmakers Leasing
 on a month-to-month basis, under a triple net operating lease.  Rent
 expense totaled $174,663 and $305,500 in 1998 and 1999, respectively.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Deposits outstanding at year-end consist of the following:

                               1998          1999
 <S>                     <C>             <C>
 FACILITY                $    60,000     $   60,000
 EQUIPMENT                   229,850        229,039
 EQUIPMENT ORDERS                  0      1,900,000
 TOTAL                      $289,850     $2,189,039
</TABLE>
 The Company has placed orders for approximately $7,500,000 of new
 equipment and has plans to order additional equipment worth
 approximately $13,500,000 during the coming year.  It is anticipated
 that most of this will be leased under terms similar to above.
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
 3.  INCOME TAXES
<CAPTION>
 The September 30 income tax provisions consist of the following:

     CURRENT:                                1998            1999
 <S>                                    <C>              <C>
         Federal                        $        -       $        -
         State                                   -              (50)
         Benefit of NOL carryforward             -                -
         TOTAL                                   -              (50)


     DEFERRED:
         Federal                           333,398          256,400
         State                              68,642           81,360
         TOTAL                             402,040          337,760

     GRAND TOTAL                        $  402,040       $  337,710

 Reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and the
 effective tax rate:

     Statutory federal income tax rate       (34.0)%          (34.0)%
     State tax, net of federal income tax     (7.0)            (4.3)
     Other                                       -              1.5
     EFFECTIVE TAX RATE                      (41.0)%          (36.8)%

                                 F-10

 The September 30 net deferred income taxes consist of the following:

     CURRENT:
         Federal                        $        -       $  (19,700)
         State                                   -           (4,900)
         TOTAL                          $        -       $  (24,600)

     LONG-TERM:
         Federal                        $  333,398       $  665,300
         State                              68,642          167,900
         TOTAL                          $  402,040       $  833,200

 The September 30 gross deferred tax assets and liabilities were:

     GROSS DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
         Federal net operating
           loss carryforward            $1,005,506       $2,121,214
         Organization costs                      -          128,413
         Other                                   -           12,763
         TOTAL                          $1,005,506       $2,262,390

     GROSS DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
         Progress receivables           $        -       $  111,745
         Depreciation                       24,923           89,140
         TOTAL                          $   24,923       $  200,885
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
 The Federal net operating loss carryforwards will expire on September
 30, 2018 and 2019.  Wisconsin net operating losses totaling $2,121,164
 will expire on September 30, 2013 and 2014.

 4.  CUSTOMER AND CREDIT RISK CONCENTRATIONS

 The Company's customers are located throughout the world and they
 operate in a number of different industries.  As of September 30,
 1998 and 1999, two customers in each year accounted for approximately
 93% and 46% of the Company's sales, respectively.  Each year, one of
 those customers was a related party with approximately 76% and 17% of
 total sales, respectively.

 The Company presently does not require collateral from its customers.
 To reduce credit risk, the Company performs ongoing evaluations of its
 customers' financial condition.  As of September 30, 1998 trade
 accounts receivable consist of five unrelated parties, all of whom were
 current.  As of September 30, 1999, three customers owed approximately
 41% of the Company's accounts receivable.  Of this, one customer was a
 related party with approximately 13% of the total.

                                 F-11
<TABLE>
 5.  CAPITAL STOCK ACTIVITY
<CAPTION>
                       Date of      Number       Price     Common    Stock
                     TRANSACTION    OF SHARES  PER SHARE   STOCK   SUBSCRIPTIONS
<S>                    <C>         <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>
 Initial stock sale    1/01/97       500,000     2.50    $1,250,000  $1,200,000
 Stock sold for cash   Various       319,000     5.00     1,595,000           -

 Totals, September 30, 1998          819,000              2,845,000   1,200,000

 Stock sold for cash   Various        67,300     6.00       403,800           -
 Stock sold for cash   Various       263,700    10.00     2,637,000           -
 Stock sold for cash   Various       100,000    12.00     1,200,000           -
 Management fee waived (Note 7)            -               (415,772)   (415,772)
 Stock split           9/30/99     2,500,000                      -           -

 Totals, September 30, 1999        3,750,000             $6,670,028  $  784,228
</TABLE>
 Three related parties subscribed to the initial 500,000 shares of stock
 issued.  The subscription agreements provide for the payment of $.10
 per share upon issuance of the stock with the remaining $2.40 per share
 payable on December 31, 2001.  If 50% of the management fees (see Note
 7) received by the subscribers for the period ending September 30, 2001
 are insufficient to fully pay the remaining subscription price, each
 subscriber has the option to: a) pay twice the balance due or, b)
 surrender a sufficient number of shares so as to eliminate the
 outstanding balance based on a per share value equal to the initial
 offering price of $2.50 per share.

 The number of shares sold, and the related share prices, shown above
 are based upon pre-split values.

 During 1999, the Company sold 722,490 shares of unregistered stock
<PAGE>
 for $1,951,360.  Subsequent to September 30, 1999, the Company will
 register with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  As a result of
 this registration, the Company will offer to buy back the unregistered
 shares for the amount of the original investment, plus interest, during
 a 30-day period.  The Company is confident that the holders will not
 take advantage of this offer. Consequently, no liability has been
 recorded as of September 30, 1999.

 On September 30, 1999, the Company declared a three-for-one stock split
 effected in the form of a dividend of two shares per share then
 outstanding.  The record date was September 30, 1999.

                                 F-12

 6.  RETIREMENT PLAN

 The Company maintains a retirement savings plan for substantially all
 of their employees, which allows participants to make contributions by
 salary reduction pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue
 Code.  Company contributions are discretionary and amounted to $50 and
 $13,196 in 1998 and 1999, respectively.  Employees vest immediately in
 their contributions and vest in the Company contributions over a
 seven-year period of service.

 7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 During the period presented, the Company transacted business with
 certain other companies, which are related by common control.  This
 activity consisted primarily of buying and selling services between the
 parties, whose services complement one another.  Also included is the
 purchase of services from one company that performs human resources,
 marketing, finance, and other administrative duties for all of the
 related companies.

 The Company has entered into management agreements with its three
 initial stock subscribers under which it will pay them an aggregate
 management fee equal to 5% of gross sales through December 31, 2001 up
 to a maximum amount of $1,200,000.  As of September 30, 1999, the
 Company agreed with those related companies to accept their waiver of
 the management fees due them to date, in return for reducing the stock
 subscriptions due from them in a like amount.  The amount waived
 totaled $415,772.  In addition to providing management services, each
 of the three companies solicits sales on behalf of the Company.  On
 October 1, 1999, the Company agreed to extend the termination of the
 agreements to December 31, 2006.

 Some of the Company's stockholders also have ownership interests and
 management functions in these related entities.  The existence of that
 common control could result in operating results or financial position
 of the Company significantly different from those that would have been
 obtained had such control not existed, although there is no indication
 that such control has had an adverse affect on the Company.

 8.  CUMULATIVE EFFECT OF ACCOUNTING CHANGE

 In accordance with Statement of Position 98-5 issued by the Accounting
<PAGE>
 Standards Executive Committee, the Company has chosen to charge all
 start-up costs to operations as of October 1, 1998.  As a result, all
 organization costs remaining unamortized as of that date ($164,414)
 were written off.  Prior to this change, organization costs were

                                 F-13

 amortized over 5 years.  The effect on deferred income taxes was to
 record a benefit of $68,800 as of that date, for a cumulative net
 change of $95,614.

 9.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 On October 1, 1999, the Company granted stock options totaling 5
 million shares to its president, Mark G. Sellers, or to other entities
 that he controls.  The option price is set at $10.00 per share, with an
 expiration date of September 30, 2001.

 Subsequent to September 30, 1999, the Company entered into discussions
 with unrelated parties to purchase their businesses in Texas and
 Colorado.  Negotiations continue in an effort to reach complete
 agreement and finalize the acquisitions.

 The Company has also reached an agreement to set up a molding facility
 adjacent to a customer's operations in Illinois.  This facility will
 make parts primarily for that customer.

                                 F-14

                              PART II

              INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


 ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
<TABLE>
     The following table sets forth the estimated costs and expenses
 payable in connection with the sale of common stock being registered,
 all of which will be paid by the Registrant:
<CAPTION>
                                                AMOUNT
<S>                                            <C>
 SEC registration fee                            $2,209
 Printing expenses                               $3,500 *
 Legal fees and expenses                       $105,000 *
 Accounting fees and expenses                   $15,000 *
 Blue sky fees and expenses                     $10,000 *
 Miscellaneous                                  $14,291 *

     Total                                     $150,000
<FN>
     *Estimated
</TABLE>
 ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The Registrant is incorporated under the Wisconsin Business
<PAGE>
 Corporation Law (the "WBCL").  Pursuant to sections 180.0850 to
 180.0859 of the Wisconsin statutes, and subject to the limitations
 stated therein, the Registrant is required to indemnify any director or
 officer against liability and reasonable expenses (including attorneys'
 fees) incurred by such person in the defense of any threatened, pending
 or completed civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action,
 suit or proceeding in which such person is made a party by reason of
 being or having been a director or officer of the Registrant, unless
 liability was incurred because such person breached or failed to
 perform a duty owed to the Registrant which constituted (1) a willful
 failure to deal fairly with the Registrant or its stockholders in
 connection with a matter in which such person has a material conflict
 of interest; (2) a violation of criminal law, unless such person had
 reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was lawful or no
 reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful; (3) a
 transaction from which such person derived an improper personal profit;
 or (4) willful misconduct.  The statute provides that indemnification
 pursuant to its provisions is not exclusive of other rights or
 indemnification to which a person may be entitled under the
 Registrant's articles of incorporation or bylaws, or any written
 agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or
 otherwise.

     Section 180.0859 of the Wisconsin statutes provides that it is the
 public policy of the State of Wisconsin that such indemnification
 provisions apply, to the extent applicable to any other proceeding, to,
 among other things, the offer, sale or purchase of securities in any
 proceeding involving a state or federal statute.

                                 II-1

     Article IX of the Registrant's bylaws are substantially similar to
 the provisions of sections 180.0850 to 180.0859 of the Wisconsin
 statutes.  The Registrant's bylaws extend coverage to directors or
 officers serving in a fiduciary or administrative capacity and also set
 forth procedures to be followed in obtaining indemnification.  Officers
 and directors of the Registrant are also insured, subject to certain
 specified exclusions and deductible and maximum amounts, against loss
 from claims arising in connection with their acting in their respective
 offices, which include claims under the Securities Act of 1933, as
 amended.

     The Registrant has in effect insurance polices which, among other
 things, insure directors and officers of the Registrant against certain
 claims which are not indemnified by the Registrant.

 ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     During the last three years, the Registrant has issued the
 following shares of common stock without registration under the
 Securities Act of 1933.  None of the transactions were underwritten.
 The number of shares issued or sold in each of the transactions, and
 the per share proceeds to the Registrant or affiliated MGS Group
 companies, have been adjusted to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split
 effected in the form of a dividend which was paid by the Registrant on
 September 30, 1999 to stockholders of record as of September 30, 1999.
<PAGE>
 (1)On January 1, 1997, the registrant issued 1,500,000 shares to three
    affiliated companies of the MGS Group at a price of $.83 per share
    pursuant to the terms of a subscription agreement which provided
    that payment for the shares would be set off against amounts owed
    the affiliates under the management agreements between the
    affiliates and the Registrant.  The sale was made pursuant to the
    exemptions from registration afforded under Sections 4(2)
    and 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act.

 (2)Between March 3, 1997 and October 31, 1997, the Registrant sold
    915,000 shares pursuant to an offering which was limited to
    residents of the state of Wisconsin pursuant to the exemption from
    registration afforded under Section 3(a)(11).  All shares were sold
    for cash at a price of $1.67 per share (aggregate offering price
    of $1,525,000).

 (3)Between February 4, 1998 and July 23, 1998, the Registrant sold
    42,000 shares to residents of the state of Wisconsin pursuant to the
    exemption from registration afforded under Section 3(a)(11).  All
    shares were sold for cash at a price of $1.67 per share (aggregate
    offering price of $70,000).

 (4)On March 10, 1999, the Registrant sold 51,000 shares to its
    President and CEO (21,000 shares) and two other officers of
    companies in the MGS Group pursuant to the exemptions from
    registration afforded under Sections 4(2) and 3(a)(11).  All
    shares were sold for cash at a price of $2.00 per share (aggregate
    offering price of $102,000).

 (5)Between May 3, 1999 and June 30, 1999, the Registrant sold 147,900
    shares to residents of the state of Wisconsin (including 66,000

                                 II-2

   shares to directors of the Registrant) pursuant to the exemption from
   registration afforded under Section 3(a)(11).  All shares were sold
   for cash at a price of $2.00 per share (aggregate offering price of
   $295,800).

 (6)On July 29, 1999, Registrant sold 180,000 shares to an affiliated
    MGS Group company for cash at a price of $3.33 per share (aggregate
    offering price of $600,000) pursuant to the exemptions from
    registration afforded under Sections 4(2) and 3(a)(11).

 (7)Between August 6, 1999 and September 30, 1999, the Registrant and
    affiliated MGS Group companies sold 722,490 shares for cash at an
    average price of $2.70 per share (aggregate cash consideration of
    $1,951,630).

    Included in this total are 195,000 shares sold by an affiliate to
    the affiliate's stockholders.  The affiliate cancelled certain
    redemption rights held by the affiliate with respect to the shares
    of the affiliate and sold its shares of common stock of the
    Registrant to the affiliate's stockholders for a price of $1.67
    per share (aggregate cash consideration of $325,000).
<PAGE>
    These stock issuances and sales by the registrant and certain of its
    affiliated MGS Group companies were not made pursuant to a
    registration statement under the Securities Act, nor were the offers
    and sales registered or qualified under any state securities laws.
    Although the Registrant believed at the time that registration of
    such offers and sales was not required, these offers and sales may
    not have been exempt from the registration requirements of the
    Securities Act.  As a result, purchasers of such shares may have the
    right under the Securities Act or state securities laws to rescind
    their purchases and thereby be entitled to return such shares to the
    Registrant and receive back from the Registrant the full
    consideration paid by such purchasers ($1,951,360), plus statutory
    interest.  The Registrant intends to include a rescission offer to
    holders of such shares in connection with the offering to which
    this Registration Statement relates.  The Registrant's President and
    CEO has agreed to assume the Registrant's repurchase obligation for
    shares sold by the Registrant and each of the affiliated MGS Group
    companies have agreed to assume the Registrant's obligation to
    repurchase shares sold by such company.  There are no assurances
    that the Registrant will not otherwise be subject to possible
    penalties or fines relating to these issuances. The Registrant
    believes the rescission offers could provide it with additional
    meritorious defenses to any such future claims.

                                 II-3

 ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (A)  EXHIBITS

 Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 Exhibit
 NUMBER                 EXHIBIT DESCRIPTION

  3.1     Registrant's Restated Articles of Incorporation
  3.2     Registrant's By-laws, as amended November 29, 1999
  4.1     Form of specimen certificate for Registrant's common stock.
  4.2     Loan Agreement between M&I Northern Bank and PMC
  5.1     Form of Opinion of Niebler, Pyzyk, Klaver & Wagner LLP
          (including consent)
 10.01    Mark G. Sellers Stock Option Agreement
 10.02    MGS Childrens' Trust Stock Option Agreement
 10.03    Moose Lake Trust Stock Option Agreement
 10.04    Moldmakers Leasing & Investments Limited Partnership, LLP
          Stock Option Agreement
 10.05    Moldmakers, Inc. Stock Option Agreement
 10.06    Management Agreement Between Registrant and MGS Enterprises,
          Inc. dated December 31, 1996
 10.07    Management Agreement Between Registrant and Moldmakers
          Management, Inc. dated December 31, 1996
 10.08    Management Agreement Between Registrant and Statistical
          Plastics Corporation dated December 31, 1996
 10.09    Master Equipment Lease between Registrant and Moldmakers
          Leasing & Investments Limited Partnership, LLP
<PAGE>
 10.10    Master Equipment Lease between Registrant and PCI Consulting
          and Leasing, Inc.
 10.11    ITW Paslode, Cordless Tool Group Supply Agreement
 21.1     Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 23.1     Consent of Wolf & Company - Milwaukee, S.C.
 23.3     Consent of Niebler, Pyzyk, Klaver & Wagner LLP (included in
          Exhibit 5.1)
 24.1     Powers of Attorney
 27.1     Financial Data Schedule
 99.1     Form of Rescission Offer Cover Letter

     (B)  FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set
 forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements
 or notes thereto.

                                 II-4

 ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

     The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

 (a)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being
      made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

               (i) To include any prospectus required by section
      10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events
      arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or
      the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,
      individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
      in the information set forth in the Registration Statement.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume
      of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities
      offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any
      deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum
      offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
      with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate,
      the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20%
      change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the
      "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective
      Registration Statement;

               (iii) To include any material information with respect to
      the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the
      registration statement or any material change to such information
      in the Registration Statement.

     (b)  That for the purpose of determining any liability under the
     Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains
     a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
     statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
     offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the
     initial bona fide offering thereof.
<PAGE>
     (c)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
     amendment any of the securities being registered which remain
     unsold at the termination of the offering.

     (d)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
     Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and
     controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
     provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in
     the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
     indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
     Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the
     event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities
     (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
     paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
     in the successful defense of any action,

                                 II-5

     suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
     controlling person in connection with the securities being
     registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its
     counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
     submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
     such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
     the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final
     adjudication of such issue.

                                 II-6


                            SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the
 Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on
 its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
 of Germantown, Wisconsin, State of Wisconsin, on the 29th day of
 November, 1999.

                                         PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY


                                         By:    MARK G. SELLERS
                                                Mark G. Sellers
                                                Chairman of the Board,
                                                President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
 Registration Statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following
 persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<CAPTION>
        SIGNATURE             TITLE                      DATE
<S>                     <C>                         <C>
 MARK G. SELLERS        President and Chief
 Mark G. Sellers          Executive Officer          November 29, 1999
                          and a director (Principal  Executive Officer)

 SCOTT W. SCAMPINI      Executive Vice President
 Scott W. Scampini        and Director               November 29, 1999

 BRUCE L. SCHNEIDER     Vice President - Finance
 Bruce L. Schneider       and Director               November 29, 1999
                          (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 JEFFREY A. KOLBOW      Director                     November 29, 1999
 Jeffrey A. Kolbow

 RADE PETROVIC          Director                     November 29, 1999
 Rade Petrovic
</TABLE>
                                 II-7

                              EXHIBIT INDEX
                                   TO
                               FORM S-1
                                  OF
                          PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                Pursuant to Section 102(d) of Regulation S-T
                      (17 C.F.R. <section>232.102(d))

 EXHIBIT 3.1   Registrant's Restated Articles of Incorporation
 EXHIBIT 3.2   Registrant's By-laws, as amended November 29, 1999
 EXHIBIT 4.1   Form of specimen certificate for Registrant's common
               stock.
 EXHIBIT 4.2   Loan Agreement between M&I Northern Bank and PMC
 EXHIBIT 5.1   Form of Opinion of Niebler, Pyzyk, Klaver & Wagner LLP
               (including consent)
 EXHIBIT 10.01 Mark G. Sellers Stock Option Agreement
 EXHIBIT 10.02 MGS Childrens' Trust Stock Option Agreement
 EXHIBIT 10.03 Moose Lake Trust Stock Option Agreement
 EXHIBIT 10.04 Moldmakers Leasing & Investments Limited Partnership, LLP
               Stock Option Agreement
 EXHIBIT 10.05 Moldmakers, Inc. Stock Option Agreement
 EXHIBIT 10.06 Management Agreement Between Registrant and MGS
               Enterprises, Inc. dated December 31, 1996
 EXHIBIT 10.07 Management Agreement Between Registrant and Moldmakers
               Management, Inc. dated December 31, 1996
 EXHIBIT 10.08 Management Agreement Between Registrant and Statistical
               Plastics Corporation dated December 31, 1996
 EXHIBIT 10.09 Master Equipment Lease between Registrant and Moldmakers
               Leasing & Investments Limited Partnership, LLP
 EXHIBIT 10.10 Master Equipment Lease between Registrant and PCI
               Consulting and Leasing, Inc.
<PAGE>
 EXHIBIT 10.11 ITW Paslode, Cordless Tool Group Supply Agreement
 EXHIBIT 21.1  Subsidiaries of the Registrant
 EXHIBIT 23.1  Consent of Wolf & Company - Milwaukee, S.C.
 EXHIBIT 23.3  Consent of Niebler, Pyzyk, Klaver & Wagner LLP (included
               in Exhibit 5.1)
 EXHIBIT 24.1  Powers of Attorney
 EXHIBIT 27.1  Financial Data Schedule
 EXHIBIT 99.1  Form of Rescission Offer Cover Letter

                                                      Exhibit 3.1




                Restated Articles of Incorporation
                                of
                       Plastics Mfg. Company



 Article 1. The name of the corporation is Plastics Mfg. Company.

 Article 2. The corporation shall have authority to issue 15,000,000
            shares.

 Article 3. The street address of the registered office is:

               W188 N11707 Maple Road
               Germantown, Wisconsin 53022

 Article 4. The name of the registered agent at the above registered
            office is:

               Mark G. Sellers

                                                           Exhibit 3.2
                           B Y L A W S

                               OF

                      PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY


                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                             Page

 BYLAW I.  IDENTIFICATION ......................................1
     Section 1.01.  Name .......................................1
     Section 1.02.  Principal and Business Offices .............1
     Section 1.03.  Registered Agent and Office ................1
     Section 1.04.  Place of Keeping Corporate Records .........1

 BYLAW II.  SHAREHOLDERS .......................................1
     Section 2.01.  Annual Meeting .............................1
     Section 2.02.  Special Meetings ...........................1
     Section 2.03.  Place of Meeting ...........................2
     Section 2.04.  Notice of Meeting ..........................2
     Section 2.05.  Waiver .....................................2
     Section 2.06.  Fixing of Record Date ......................2
     Section 2.07.  Voting List ................................3
     Section 2.08.  Quorum and Voting Requirements .............3
     Section 2.09.  Conduct of Meetings ........................3
     Section 2.10.  Proxies ....................................4
     Section 2.11.  Voting of Shares ...........................4
     Section 2.12.  Voting of Shares by Certain Holders ........4
     Section 2.13.  Action Without a Meeting ...................6
     Section 2.14.  Notice of Shareholder Business and
                    Nominations................................ 6

 BYLAW III.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS ................................8
     Section 3.01.  General Powers .............................8
     Section 3.02.  Number, Tenure and Qualifications ..........8
     Section 3.03.  Election ...................................9
     Section 3.04.  Regular Meetings ...........................9
     Section 3.05.  Special Meetings ...........................9
     Section 3.06.  Meetings by Electronic Means of
          Communication ........................................9
     Section 3.07.  Manner of Acting ..........................10
     Section 3.08.  Quorum ....................................10
     Section 3.09.  Vacancies .................................10
     Section 3.10.  Notice of Meetings; Waiver ................11
     Section 3.11.  Conduct of Meetings .......................11
     Section 3.12.  Compensation and Expenses .................11
     Section 3.13.  Directors' Assent .........................12
     Section 3.14.  Committees ................................12
<PAGE>
     Section 3.15.  Action Without a Meeting ..................13

 BYLAW IV.  OFFICERS ..........................................13
     Section 4.01.  Number and Titles .........................13
     Section 4.02.  Election and Term of Office ...............13
     Section 4.03.  Additional Officers, Agents, etc ..........13

                                 -i-

     Section 4.04.  Removal ...................................14
     Section 4.05.  Resignations ..............................14
     Section 4.06.  Vacancies .................................14
     Section 4.07.  Powers, Authority and Duties ..............14
     Section 4.08.  The Chairman of the Board .................14
     Section 4.09.  The President .............................15
     Section 4.10.  The Vice Presidents .......................15
     Section 4.11.  The Secretary .............................16
     Section 4.12.  The Treasurer .............................16
     Section 4.13.  Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers 17

 BYLAW V.   CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS .............17
     Section 5.01.  Contracts .................................17
     Section 5.02.  Loans .....................................17
     Section 5.03.  Checks, Drafts, etc .......................17
     Section 5.04.  Deposits ..................................18

 BYLAW VI.  VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THIS CORPORATION ....18
     Section 6.01.  Authority to Vote .........................18
     Section 6.02.  Proxy Authorization .......................18

 BYLAW VII.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER .......18
     Section 8.01.  Certificates for Shares ...................18
     Section 8.02.  Facsimile Signatures ......................19
     Section 8.03.  Signature by Former Officer ...............19
     Section 8.04.  Consideration for Shares ..................19
     Section 8.05.  Transfer of Shares ........................19
     Section 8.06.  Restrictions on Transfer.   ...............20
     Section 8.07.  Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates ....20
     Section 8.08.  Stock Regulations .........................20

 BYLAW VIII.  DISTRIBUTIONS ...................................21

 BYLAW IX.  INDEMNIFICATION ...................................21

 BYLAW X.  FISCAL YEAR ........................................28

 BYLAW XI.  SEAL ..............................................28

 BYLAW XII.  AMENDMENTS .......................................29
     Section 13.01.  By Shareholders ..........................29
     Section 13.02.  By Directors .............................29
     Section 13.03.  Implied Amendments .......................29

                                 -ii-

                               B Y L A W S
<PAGE>
                                    OF

                         PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                     BYLAW I.  IDENTIFICATION

     Section 1.01.  NAME.  The name of the corporation is Plastics Mfg.
 Company (the "corporation").

     Section 1.02.  PRINCIPAL AND BUSINESS OFFICES.  The corporation may
 have such principal and other business offices as the Board of
 Directors may designate or as the corporation's business may require
 from time to time.

     Section 1.03.  REGISTERED AGENT AND OFFICE.  The corporation's
 registered agent may be changed from time to time by the corporation or
 by the Board of Directors.  The address of the corporation's registered
 office may be changed from time to time by the corporation, by the
 Board of Directors or by the registered agent.  The business office of
 the corporation's registered agent shall be identical to the registered
 office.  The corporation's registered office may be, but need not be,
 identical with the corporation's principal office in the state of
 Wisconsin.

     Section 1.04.  PLACE OF KEEPING CORPORATE RECORDS.  The records and
 documents specified in Section 180.1601, Wisconsin Statutes, shall be
 kept at the corporation's principal office.


                      BYLAW II.  SHAREHOLDERS

     Section 2.01.  ANNUAL MEETING.  The annual shareholders meeting
 shall be held at such time and place, either in or outside the state of
 Wisconsin, as may be designated by the Board of Directors, for the
 purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other
 business as may come before the meeting; provided, however, that if not
 so designated, the annual meeting shall be held on the fourth Tuesday
 in January in each year.

     Section 2.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special shareholders' meetings
 may be called by: (a) the chairman of the board; (b) the president; (c)
 the Board of Directors or by such other officer(s) as it may authorize
 from time to time; or (d) the president or secretary upon the written
 request

                                 -1-

 of the holders of record of at least 10% of all the votes entitled to
 be cast upon the matter(s) set forth as the purpose of the meeting in
 such written request.  Upon delivery to the president or secretary of a
 written request pursuant to (d), above, stating the purpose(s) of the
 requested meeting, dated and signed by the person(s) entitled to
 request such a meeting, it shall be the duty of such officer to whom
 the request is delivered to give notice of the meeting to shareholders.

 Notice of any special meetings shall be given in the same manner
<PAGE>
 provided in Section 2.04 of these Bylaws.  Only business within the
 purpose described in this special meeting notice shall be conducted at
 a special shareholders' meeting.

     Section 2.03.  PLACE OF MEETING.  The Board of Directors may
 designate any place, either in or outside the state of Wisconsin, as
 the place of meeting for any annual or special meeting.  If no
 designation is made by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting
 shall be the corporation's principal office.

     Section 2.04.  NOTICE OF MEETING.  The corporation shall notify
 each shareholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting, of the date,
 time and place of each annual or special shareholders' meeting.  In the
 case of special meetings, the notice shall also contain the purpose of
 such special meeting.  The meeting notice shall be given not less than
 10 days nor more than 60 days before the meeting date.  Notice of a
 meeting must be sent by mail to the shareholder's address shown in the
 corporation's current record of shareholders.

     Section 2.05.  WAIVER.  Notice of any shareholders' meeting may be
 waived by a shareholder, before or after the date and time stated in
 the notice.  The waiver must be in writing, contain the same
 information that would have been required in the notice (except the
 time and place of the meeting need not be stated), be signed by the
 shareholder, and be delivered to the corporation for inclusion in the
 corporate records.

     Section 2.06.  FIXING OF RECORD DATE.  For the purpose of
 determining shareholders of any voting group entitled to notice of or
 to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or shareholders entitled to
 receive payment of any distribution or dividend, or in order to make a
 determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the Board
 of Directors may fix a future date as the record date.  Such record
 date shall not be more than 70 days prior to the date on which the
 particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to
 be taken.  If no record date is so fixed by the board, the record date
 for determination of such shareholders shall be at the close of
 business on:

          (a)  With respect to the payment of a share dividend, the date
     the board authorizes the share dividend;

                                 -2-

          (b)  With respect to a distribution to shareholders (other
 than one involving a repurchase or reacquisition of shares), the date
 the board authorizes the distribution; or

          (c)  With respect to any other matter for which such a
     determination is required, as provided by law.

 When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of
 shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such
 determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof unless the Board
 of Directors fixes a new record date which it must do if the meeting is
<PAGE>
 adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the
 original meeting.

     Section 2.07.  VOTING LIST.  After fixing a record date for a
 meeting, the corporation shall prepare a list of the names of all of
 its shareholders who are entitled to notice of a shareholders'
 meeting.  The list shall be arranged by class or series of shares and
 show the address of and number of shares held by each shareholder.  The
 corporation shall make the shareholders' list available for inspection
 by any shareholder, beginning two business days after notice of the
 meeting is given for which the list was prepared and continuing to the
 date of the meeting, at the corporation's principal office (or at the
 place identified in the meeting notice in the city where the meeting
 will be held).  The corporation shall make the shareholders' list
 available at the meeting, and any shareholder or his agent or attorney
 may inspect the list at any time during the meeting or any adjournment.

     Section 2.08.  QUORUM AND VOTING REQUIREMENTS.  Except as otherwise
 provided by the articles of incorporation, these Bylaws, or any
 provision of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law ("WBCL"), a
 majority of the shares entitled to vote on all matters to be voted on
 at the shareholders' meeting, represented in person or by proxy, shall
 constitute a quorum.  If a quorum is present, action on a matter is
 approved if the number of votes in favor of the action is greater than
 the number of votes against, unless the vote of a greater number of the
 voting group is required by the articles of incorporation, these
 Bylaws, or any provision of the WBCL.  Even though less than a quorum
 is represented, a majority of the shares represented at the meeting may
 adjourn the meeting without further notice.  At the adjourned meeting
 at which a quorum shall be represented, any business may be transacted
 that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

     Section 2.09.  CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.  The chairman of the board, and
 in his absence, the president and, in their respective absences, any
 person chosen by the shareholders present shall call the meeting of the
 shareholders to order and shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The

                                 -3-

 corporation's secretary shall act as secretary of all meetings of the
 shareholders, but, in his absence, the presiding officer may appoint
 any assistant secretary or other person to act as secretary of the
 meeting.

     Section 2.10.  PROXIES.  At all shareholders' meetings, a
 shareholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy appointed
 in writing by the shareholder or by his duly authorized
 attorney-in-fact.  A proxy shall become effective when received by the
 secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation authorized to
 tabulate votes.  Unless otherwise provided in the proxy, a proxy may be
 revoked at any time before it is voted, either by written notice filed
 with the secretary or other officer or agent of the corporation
 authorized to tabulate votes, or by oral notice given by the
 shareholder during the meeting.  The presence of a shareholder who has
 filed his proxy shall not of itself constitute a revocation.  No proxy
 shall be valid after 11 months from the date of its execution, unless
<PAGE>
 otherwise provided in the proxy.  The Board of Directors shall have the
 power and authority to make rules establishing presumptions as to the
 validity and sufficiency of proxies.

     Section 2.11.  VOTING OF SHARES.  Each outstanding share shall be
 entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote at a
 shareholders' meeting, except to the extent that the voting rights of
 the shares of any class or classes are enlarged, limited or denied by
 the articles of incorporation or as otherwise required by the WBCL.

     Section 2.12.  VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.

          (a)  OTHER CORPORATIONS.  Shares standing in another
     corporation's name may be voted either in person or by proxy, by
     the other corporation's president or any other officer appointed by
     the president.  A proxy executed by any principal officer of the
     other corporation or such an officer's assistant shall be
     conclusive evidence of the signer's authority to act, in the
     absence of express notice to this corporation, given in writing
     to this corporation's secretary, or other officer or agent of the
     corporation authorized to tabulate votes, of the designation of
     some other person by the corporation's Board of Directors or Bylaws.

          (b)  LEGAL REPRESENTATIVES AND FIDUCIARIES.  Shares held by an
     administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, trustee in
     bankruptcy, receiver, or assignee for creditors, in a fiduciary
     capacity, may be voted by the fiduciary, either in person or by
     proxy, without transferring the shares into his name, provided that
     there is filed with the secretary, before or at the time of the

                                -4-

     meeting, proper evidence of his incumbency and the number of shares
     held.  Shares standing in a fiduciary's name may be voted by him,
     either in person or by proxy.  A proxy executed by a fiduciary
     shall be conclusive evidence of the fiduciary's authority to give
     such proxy, in the absence of express notice to the corporation,
     given in writing to the corporation's secretary, or other officer
     or agent of the corporation authorized to tabulate votes, that this
     manner of voting is expressly prohibited or otherwise directed by
     the document creating the fiduciary relationship.

          (c)  PLEDGEES.  A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall
     be entitled to vote the shares until they have been transferred
     into the pledgee's name, and thereafter the pledgee shall be
     entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

          (d)  MINORS.  Shares held by a minor may be voted by the minor
     in person or by proxy, and no such vote shall be subject to
     disaffirmance or avoidance unless before the vote the corporation's
     secretary, or other officer or agent of the corporation authorized
     to tabulate votes, has received written notice or has actual
     knowledge that the shareholder is a minor.

          (e)  INCOMPETENTS AND SPENDTHRIFTS.  Shares held by an
     incompetent or spendthrift may be voted by the incompetent or
<PAGE>
     spendthrift in person or by proxy, and no such vote shall be
     subject to disaffirmance or avoidance unless before the vote the
     corporation's secretary, or other officer or agent of the
     corporation authorized to tabulate votes, has actual knowledge that
     the shareholder has been adjudicated an incompetent or spendthrift
     or actual knowledge that judicial proceedings for appointment of a
     guardian have been filed.

          (f)  JOINT TENANTS.  Shares registered in the names of two or
     more individuals who are named in the registration as joint tenants
     may be voted in person or by proxy signed by one or more of the
     joint tenants if either (1) no other joint tenant or his legal
     representative is present and claims the right to participate in
     the voting of the shares or, before the vote, files with the
     corporation's secretary, or other officer or agent of the
     corporation authorized to tabulate votes, a contrary written voting
     authorization or direction or written denial of authority of the
     joint tenant present or signing the proxy proposed to be voted, or
     (2) all other joint tenants are deceased and the corporation's
     secretary, or other officer or agent of the corporation authorized
     to tabulate votes, has no actual knowledge that the survivor has
     been adjudicated not to be the successor to the interests of those
     deceased.

                                 -5-

     Section 2.13.  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required or
 permitted by the articles of incorporation, these Bylaws, or any
 provision of law to be taken at a shareholders' meeting may be taken
 without a meeting if one or more written consents, setting forth the
 action so taken, shall be signed by all shareholders entitled to vote
 on the subject matter of the action.  Action taken pursuant to written
 consent shall be effective when a consent or consents, signed by all of
 the shareholders, is or are delivered to the corporation for inclusion
 in the corporate records, unless some other effective date is specified
 in the consent.

     Section 2.14.  NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS.
          (a)  ANNUAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.

               (1)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
     Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be
     considered by the shareholders may be made at an annual meeting of
     shareholders (A) pursuant to the corporation's notice of meeting
     delivered pursuant to Bylaw II, Section 2.04 of these Bylaws; (B)
     by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (C) by any
     shareholder of the corporation who is entitled to vote at the
     meeting, who complied with the notice procedures set forth in
     subparagraphs (2) and (3) of this paragraph (a) of this Bylaw and
     who is a shareholder of record at the time such notice is delivered
     to the secretary of the corporation.

               (2)  For nominations or other business to be properly
     brought before an annual meeting by a shareholder pursuant to
     clause (C) of subparagraph (a)(1) of this Bylaw, the shareholder
     must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary
<PAGE>
     of the corporation.  To be timely, the shareholder's notice shall
     be delivered to the secretary at the principal offices of the
     corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to
     the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting;
     provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual
     meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60
     days from such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be
     timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to
     such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the
     later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day
     following the day on which public announcement of the date of such
     meeting is first made.  Each shareholder's notice required by this
     subparagraph (a) (2), shall set forth (A) the name, address, age
     and principal occupation of each person whom the shareholder
     proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director; (B)
     as to any other business that the

                                 -6-

     shareholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief
     description of the business desired to be brought before the
     meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting
     and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and
     the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made;
     and (C) as to the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial
     owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made
     (i) the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the
     corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the
     class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned
     beneficially and of record by such shareholder and such beneficial
     owner.

               (3)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of
     subparagraph (a) (2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event
     that the number of directors to be elected to the board of
     directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public
     announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying
     the size of the increased board of directors made by the
     corporation at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the
     preceding year's annual meeting, a shareholder's notice required by
     this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect
     to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it
     shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive
     offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on
     the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is
     first made by the corporation.

          (b)  SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.  Only such business
     shall be conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall
     have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the corporation's
     notice of meeting pursuant to Bylaw II, Section 2.04 of these
     Bylaws.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of
     Directors may be made at a special meeting of shareholders at which
     directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation's notice of
     meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2)
     by any shareholder of the corporation who is entitled to vote at
<PAGE>
     the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in
     this Bylaw and who is a shareholder of record at the time such
     notice is delivered to the secretary of the corporation.
     Nominations by shareholders of persons for election to the Board of
     Directors may be made at such a special meeting of shareholders if
     the shareholder's notice required by subparagraph (a) (2) of this
     Bylaw shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal
     executive offices of the corporation not earlier than
     the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the

                                 -7-

     close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such
     special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public
     announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and
     of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at
     such meeting.

          (c)  GENERAL.

               (1)  Only persons who are nominated in accordance with
     the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be eligible to serve
     as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting
     of shareholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in
     accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw.  Except as
     otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these
     Bylaws, the president of the corporation shall have the power and
     duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to
     be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the
     procedures set forth in this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination
     or business is not in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that
     such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

               (2)  For purposes of this bylaw, "public announcement"
     shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones
     News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service
     or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the
     Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or
     15(d) of the Exchange Act.

               (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
      bylaw, a shareholder shall also comply with all applicable
      requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations
      thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this bylaw.
      Nothing in this bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of
      shareholders to request inclusion of proposals in the
      corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the
      Exchange Act.


                  BYLAW III.  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Section 3.01.  GENERAL POWERS.  The corporation's powers shall be
 exercised by or under the authority of, and its business and affairs
 shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors, subject
 to any limitations set forth in the articles of incorporation, these
<PAGE>
 Bylaws, or any provision of the WBCL.

     Section 3.02.  NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS.  The number of
 directors of the corporation shall be not less than three nor more than


                                 -8-

 five.  The exact number of directors, within the minimum and maximum
 limitation, shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of the Board
 of Directors.  Each director shall hold office for a term of one year
 and until his successor shall have been elected by the shareholders or
 until his prior death, resignation or removal.  A director may be
 removed from office by a vote of the shareholders taken at any
 shareholders' meeting called for that purpose, provided that a quorum
 is present.  A director may resign at any time by delivering his
 written resignation to the Board of Directors.

     Section 3.03.  ELECTION.  Directors shall be elected by the
 shareholders at each annual shareholders' meeting.  Each director shall
 be elected by a plurality of the votes cast by the shares entitled to
 vote in the election at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

     Section 3.04.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  A regular meeting of the Board of
 Directors shall be held without other notice than this Bylaw
 immediately after the annual meeting of shareholders, and each
 adjourned session thereof.  The place of such regular meeting shall be
 the same as the place of the meeting of shareholders which precedes it,
 or such other suitable place as may be announced at such meeting of
 shareholders.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the
 time and place, either within or without the state of Wisconsin, for
 the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than
 such resolution.

     Section 3.05.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of
 Directors may be called by or at the request of the  chairman of the
 board, if any, or the president, or any two directors.  The person or
 persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors
 may fix any place, either in or outside the state of Wisconsin, as the
 place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called
 by them, and if no other place is fixed, the place of meeting shall be
 the principal business office of the corporation in the state of
 Wisconsin.

     Section 3.06.  MEETINGS BY ELECTRONIC MEANS OF COMMUNICATION.

          (a)  CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.  The Board of Directors may, in
     addition to conducting meetings in which each director participates
     in person, conduct any regular or special meeting by the use of any
     means of communication, provided all participating directors may
     simultaneously hear each other during the meeting, all
     communication during the meeting is immediately transmitted to
     each participating director, and each participating director is

                                 -9-
<PAGE>
     able to immediately send messages to all other participating
     directors.  All participating directors shall be informed that a
     meeting is taking place at which official business may be
     transacted.

          (b)  VERIFICATION OF DIRECTORS' IDENTITY.  The identity of each
     director participating in a meeting of the Board of Directors
     conducted pursuant to Section 3.06(a) (other than a meeting in which
     each director participates in person) must be verified by the
     secretary before the directors vote on (1) a plan of merger or
     share exchange; (2) to sell, lease, exchange, or otherwise dispose
     of substantially all of the property or assets of the corporation;
     (3) to voluntarily dissolve or to revoke voluntary dissolution
     proceedings; or (4) to file for bankruptcy.  The secretary shall
     verify each participating director's identity by requesting the
     director to give the password which shall have been provided
     specifically to such director in the notice of the meeting.  For
     purposes of this section, whether a disposal of property or assets
     of the corporation involves "substantially" all of such property or
     assets shall be determined by the Board of Directors.

     Section 3.07.  MANNER OF ACTING.  The act of the majority of the
 directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be
 the act of the Board of Directors, unless the act of a greater number
 is required by law or by the articles of incorporation or these Bylaws.

     Section 3.08.  QUORUM.  A majority of the number of directors as
 required in Section 3.02 of these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum for
 the transaction of business at any Board of Directors' meeting, and a
 majority of the number of directors serving on a committee as
 authorized in Section 3.14 of these Bylaws shall constitute a quorum
 for the transaction of business at any committee meeting, but a
 majority of the directors present (though less than such quorum) may
 adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.  These
 provisions shall not, however, apply to the determination of a quorum
 for actions taken pursuant to Bylaw VII of these Bylaws or any other
 provisions of these Bylaws which fix different quorum requirements as
 of the date of the adoption of this Section 3.08.

     Section 3.09.  VACANCIES.  Any vacancy occurring in the board of
 directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of
 directors, shall be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority
 of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum of the board
 of directors.  A director elected to fill a vacancy, other than a
 vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, shall be
 elected for the unexpired term of his or her predecessor.  A director

                                 -10-

 elected to fill a vacancy created by an increase in the number of
 directors shall be elected for a term of office continuing only until
 the next succeeding annual election of directors of any class.

     Section 3.10.  NOTICE OF MEETINGS; WAIVER.  Written notice of each
 Board of Directors' meeting, except meetings pursuant to Section 3.04
 of these Bylaws, shall be delivered personally, or by mail, private
<PAGE>
 carrier, telegram, telex, telecopy, or other document transmitted
 electronically, to each director at his business address or at such
 other address as the director shall have designated in writing and
 filed with the secretary.  Notice shall be given not less than 48 hours
 before the meeting being noticed, or 72 hours before the meeting being
 noticed if the notice is given by mail or private carrier.  Oral notice
 may be given but in no event less than one hour before the meeting.
 Notice shall be deemed given at the time it is deposited with postage
 prepaid in the United States mail or delivered to a private carrier or
 telegraph company, as the case may be.  Notice by telex, telecopy, or
 other electronic transmission shall be deemed given when transmitted.
 Oral notice is deemed given and effective when communicated.  A
 director may waive notice required under this section or by law at any
 time, whether before or after the time of the meeting.  The waiver must
 be in writing, signed by the director, and retained in the corporate
 record book.  The director's attendance at a meeting shall constitute a
 waiver of notice of the meeting, except when a director attends a
 meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any
 business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.
 Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of,
 any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be
 specified in the notice or waiver of notice of the meeting.

     Section 3.11.  CONDUCT OF MEETINGS.  The chairman of the board, if
 any, and in his absence, the president, and in the absence of both of
 them, any director chosen by the directors present, shall call meetings
 of the Board of Directors to order and shall act as chairman of the
 board of the meeting.  The secretary of the corporation shall act as
 secretary of all meetings of the Board of Directors, but in the absence
 of the secretary, the presiding officer may appoint any assistant
 secretary or any director or other person present to act as secretary
 of the meeting.

     Section 3.12.  COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES.  The Board of Directors,
 by affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office and
 irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, may (a)
 establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the
 corporation as directors or may delegate this authority to an
 appropriate committee, (b) provide for, or delegate authority to an
 appropriate committee to provide for, reasonable pensions, disability

                                 -11-

 or death benefits, and other benefits or payments to directors of the
 corporation and to their estates, families, dependents, or
 beneficiaries for prior services rendered to the corporation by the
 directors, and (c) provide for reimbursement of reasonable expenses
 incurred in the performance of the directors' duties, including the
 expense of traveling to and from board meetings.

     Section 3.13.  DIRECTORS' ASSENT.  A director of the corporation
 who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee
 of the board of which he is a member, at which action on any corporate
 matter is taken, shall be deemed to have assented to the action taken
 unless (a) he objects at the beginning of the meeting (or promptly upon
 his arrival) to holding it or transacting business at the meeting; or
<PAGE>
 (b) minutes of the meeting are prepared and his dissent or abstention
 from the action taken is entered in the minutes of the meeting; or (c)
 he delivers written notice of his dissent or abstention to the
 presiding officer of the meeting before its adjournment or to the
 corporation immediately after adjournment of the meeting.  The right of
 dissent or abstention is not available to a director who votes in favor
 of the action taken.

     Section 3.14.  COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may create and
 appoint members to one or more committees, by resolution adopted by the
 affirmative vote of a majority of the number of directors required by
 Section 3.02 of these Bylaws.  Each committee shall consist of two or
 more directors.  To the extent provided in the resolution as initially
 adopted and as thereafter supplemented or amended by further resolution
 of the Board of Directors, each committee shall have and may exercise,
 when the Board of Directors is not in session, the powers of the Board
 of Directors in the management of the corporation's business and
 affairs, except that a committee may not (a) authorize distributions;
 (b) approve or propose to shareholders action that requires shareholder
 approval; (c) elect the principal officers; (d) amend the corporation's
 or any subsidiary's articles of incorporation, or amend, adopt, or
 repeal these Bylaws; (e) approve a plan of merger not requiring
 shareholder approval; (f) authorize or approve reacquisition of shares
 except by a formula or method approved or prescribed by the Board of
 Directors; (g) authorize or approve the issuance or sale or contract
 for sale of shares or determine the designation and relative rights,
 preferences, and limitations of a class or series of shares, except
 that the Board of Directors may authorize a committee or a senior
 executive officer of the corporation to do so within limits prescribed
 by the Board of Directors; or (h) fill vacancies on the Board of
 Directors or on committees created pursuant to this section, unless the
 Board of Directors, by resolution, provides that committee vacancies
 may be filled by a majority of the remaining committee members.

                                 -12-

 The Board of Directors may elect one or more of its members as
 alternate members of any such committee who may take the place of any
 absent member or members at any meeting of the committee, upon the
 request of the president or of the chairman of the meeting.  Each
 committee shall fix its own rules governing the conduct of its
 activities and shall make such report of its activities to the Board of
 Directors as the board may request.

     Section 3.15.  ACTION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required or
 permitted by the articles of incorporation, these Bylaws, or any
 provision of law to be taken by the Board of Directors at a board
 meeting may be taken without a meeting if one or more written consents,
 setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the
 directors entitled to vote on the subject matter of the action and
 retained in the corporate records.  Action taken pursuant to written
 consent shall be effective when the last director signs the consent or
 upon such other effective date as is specified in the consent.


                        BYLAW IV.  OFFICERS
<PAGE>
     Section 4.01.  NUMBER AND TITLES.  The corporation's principal
 officers shall be a chairman of the board, a president, a secretary,
 and a treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the board.  There
 may, in addition, be one or more vice presidents, whenever the board
 shall see fit to cause such office or offices to be filled.  If there
 is more than one vice president, the board may establish designations
 for the vice presidencies to identify their functions or their order.
 The same natural person may simultaneously hold more than one office.

     Section 4.02.  ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The officers of the
 corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the
 first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting
 of the shareholders.  If the election of officers shall not be held at
 such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as
 conveniently may be.  Each officer shall hold office until his
 successor shall have been duly elected, or until the officer's death or
 resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.

     Section 4.03.  ADDITIONAL OFFICERS, AGENTS, ETC.  In addition to
 the officers referred to in Section 4.01 of these Bylaws, the
 corporation may have such other officers, assistants to officers,
 acting officers and agents, as the Board of Directors may deem
 necessary and may appoint or the president may appoint in accordance
 with these Bylaws.  Each such person shall act under his appointment
 for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as may be
 provided in these Bylaws, or as the board may from time to time
 determine.

                                 -13-

 The Board of Directors may delegate to any officer the power to appoint
 any subordinate officers, assistants to officers, acting officers, or
 agents.  In the absence of any officer, or for any other reason the
 Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the board may delegate, for
 such time as the board may determine, any or all of an officer's powers
 and duties to any other officer or to any director.

     Section 4.04.  REMOVAL.  The Board of Directors may remove any
 officer or agent at any time, with or without cause, but the removal
 shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the
 person so removed.  Election or appointment to office shall not of
 itself create contract rights.

     Section 4.05.  RESIGNATIONS.  Any officer may resign at any time by
 giving written notice to the Board of Directors, the president, or the
 secretary.  Any such resignation shall take effect at the time the
 notice of resignation is delivered, unless the notice specifies a later
 effective date.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of
 resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary
 to make it effective.

     Section 4.06.  VACANCIES.  A vacancy in any principal office
 because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or other
 reason shall be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired
 portion of the term.  A vacancy in any other office, as created under
 Section 4.01, of this Bylaw IV, because of death, resignation, removal,
<PAGE>
 disqualification, or other reason may be filled by the Board of
 Directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

     Section 4.07.  POWERS, AUTHORITY AND DUTIES.  Officers of the
 corporation shall have the powers and authority conferred and the
 duties prescribed by the Board of Directors or the officer who
 appointed them in addition to and to the extent not inconsistent with
 those specified in other sections of this Bylaw IV.

     Section 4.08.  THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The chairman of the
 board, if and while there be an incumbent of the office, shall be the
 chief executive officer of the corporation and shall preside at all
 meetings of the Board of Directors and, to the extent provided for
 herein, meetings of the shareholders at which he is present.  The
 chairman of the board shall have and exercise general supervision over
 the conduct of the corporation's affairs and over its other officers,
 subject, however, to the board's control.  The chairman of the board
 shall from time to time report to the board all matters within his
 knowledge that the corporation's interests may require to be brought to
 the board's notice.  The chairman of the board shall, whenever

                                 -14-

 practicable, be consulted on all matters of general policy and shall
 have such authority and duties as the Board of Directors shall from
 time to time determine.

     Section 4.09.  THE PRESIDENT.  The president, unless otherwise
 determined by the Board of Directors and unless there shall be a
 chairman of the board then in office, shall be the chief executive
 officer of the corporation.  Subject to the control of the Board of
 Directors and the chairman of the board, the president shall oversee
 and direct the business and affairs of the corporation.  The president
 shall have authority, pursuant to Section 4.03 of these Bylaws, subject
 to such rules as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, to
 appoint such additional officers, assistants to officers, acting
 officers, agents and employees of the corporation as the president
 shall deem necessary, to prescribe their powers, duties and
 compensation, and to delegate authority to them.  Such agents and
 employees shall hold office at the discretion of the president.  The
 president shall have authority together with another officer to sign,
 execute and deliver in the corporation's name all instruments either
 when specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or when required
 or deemed necessary or advisable by the president in the ordinary
 conduct of the corporation's normal business, except in cases where the
 signing and execution of the instruments shall be expressly delegated
 by these Bylaws or by the board to the president, acting alone, or to
 some other officer or agent of the corporation or shall be required by
 law or otherwise to be signed or executed by some other officer or
 agent.  In general, the president shall perform all duties incident to
 the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by
 the Board of Directors from time to time.

     Section 4.10.  THE VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the president's absence, or
 in the event of his death or inability or refusal to act, or if for any
 reason it shall be impractical for the president to act personally, the
<PAGE>
 vice president (or if there is more than one vice president, the vice
 presidents in the order designated by the Board of Directors, or in the
 absence of any designation, in the order of their election) shall
 perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all
 the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
 president.  Each vice president shall perform such other duties and
 have such authority as from time to time may be delegated or assigned
 to him by the chairman of the board, if any, the president or by the
 Board of Directors.  The execution of any instrument of the corporation
 by any vice president shall be conclusive evidence, as to third
 parties, of his authority to act in the president's place.

                                 -15-

     Section 4.11.  THE SECRETARY.  The secretary shall:

          (a)  keep the record of all minutes of the shareholders and of
     the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that
     purpose;

          (b)  see that all notices are duly given in accordance with
      these Bylaws or as required by law;

          (c)  be custodian of the corporation's corporate records and
      see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and all
      other documents and records required by law are properly kept and
      filed;

          (d)  have charge, directly or through such transfer agent or
     agents and registrar or registrars as the Board of Directors may
     appoint, of the issue, transfer, and registration of certificates
     for shares in the corporation and of the records thereof, such
     records to be kept in such manner as to show at any time the number
     of shares in the corporation issued and outstanding, the names and
     addresses of the shareholders of record, and the numbers and
     classes of shares held by each;

          (e)  exhibit at reasonable times upon the request of any
     director the records of the issue, transfer, and registration of
     the corporation's share certificates, at the place where those
     records are kept, and have these records available at each
     shareholders' meeting;
     and

          (f)  in general, perform all duties incident to the office of
     secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be
     assigned to him by the chairman of the board, the president or by
     the Board of Directors.

     Section 4.12.  THE TREASURER.  The treasurer shall:

          (a)  have charge and custody of, and be responsible for, all
     of the corporation's funds and securities; receive and give
     receipts for monies due and payable to the corporation from any
     source whatsoever; deposit all such monies in the corporation's
     name in such banks, financial institutions, trust companies or
<PAGE>
     other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 5.04 of these Bylaws; cause such funds to be
     disbursed by checks or drafts on the authorized corporation's
     depositories, signed as the Board of Directors may require; and be
     responsible for the accuracy of the amounts of, and cause to be
     preserved proper vouchers for, all monies disbursed; and

                                 -16-

          (b)  in general, perform all duties incident to the office of
     treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be
     delegated or assigned to him by the chairman of the board, the
     president or by the Board of Directors.

 If required by the Board of Directors, the treasurer shall furnish a
 bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such sum and with such
 surety or sureties as the board shall determine.

     Section 4.13.  ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS.
 There shall be such number of assistant secretaries and assistant
 treasurers as the Board of Directors may from time to time authorize.
 The assistant secretaries may sign with the president or a vice
 president, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of
 which shall have been authorized by a resolution of the Board of
 Directors.  The assistant treasurers shall respectively, if required by
 the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their
 duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors
 shall determine.  The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers,
 in general, shall perform such duties and have such authority as shall
 from time to time be delegated or assigned to them by the secretary or
 the treasurer, respectively, or by the chairman of the board, the
 president or by the Board of Directors.


         BYLAW V.   CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

     Section 5.01.  CONTRACTS.  The Board of Directors may authorize any
 officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or
 execute or deliver any instrument in the corporation's name and on its
 behalf.  The authorization may be general or confined to specific
 instruments.  When an instrument is so executed, no other party to the
 instrument or any third party shall be required to make any inquiry
 into the authority of the signing officer or officers, agent or agents.

     Section 5.02.  LOANS.  No indebtedness for borrowed money shall be
 contracted on the corporation's behalf and no evidences of such
 indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by or under
 the authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.  The
 authorization may be general or confined to specific instances.

     Section 5.03.  CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC.  All checks, drafts, or other
 orders for the payment of money, or notes or other evidences of
 indebtedness issued in the corporation's name, shall be signed by such
 officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such
 manner as shall from time to time be determined by or under the
<PAGE>
                                 -17-

  authority of a resolution of the Board of Directors.

     Section 5.04.  DEPOSITS.  All funds of the corporation not
 otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the
 corporation's credit in such banks, trust companies, or other
 depositories as may be selected by or under the authority of a
 resolution of the Board of Directors.


     BYLAW VI.  VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THIS CORPORATION

     Section 6.01.  AUTHORITY TO VOTE.  Any shares or other securities
 issued by any other corporation and owned or controlled by this
 corporation may be voted at any meeting of the issuing corporation's
 security holders by the president of this corporation if he be present,
 or in his absence, by any vice president of this corporation who may be
 present.

     Section 6.02.  PROXY AUTHORIZATION.  Whenever, in the judgment of
 the president, or in his absence, of any vice president, it is
 desirable for this corporation to execute a proxy or written consent
 with respect to any shares or other securities issued by any other
 corporation and owned by this corporation, the proxy or consent shall
 be executed in this corporation's name by the president or one of the
 vice presidents of this corporation, without necessity of any
 authorization by the Board of Directors, counter-signature, or
 attestation by another officer.  Any person or persons designated in
 this manner as this corporation's proxy or proxies shall have full
 right, power and authority to vote the shares or other securities
 issued by the other corporation and owned by this corporation in the
 same manner as the shares or other securities might be voted by this
 corporation.

      BYLAW VII.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

     Section 8.01.  CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES.  Certificates representing
 shares in the corporation shall, at a minimum, state on their face all
 of the following: (a) the name of the corporation and that it is
 organized under the laws of the state of Wisconsin; (b) the name of the
 person to whom issued; and (c) the number and class of shares that the
 certificate represents.  The share certificates shall be signed by the
 president or any vice president and by the secretary and any assistant
 secretary or any other officer or officers designated by the Board of
 Directors.  A record shall be kept of the name of the owner or owners
 of the shares represented by each certificate, the number of shares
 represented by each certificate, the date of each certificate, and in

                                 -18-

 case of cancellation, the date of cancellation.  Every certificate
 surrendered to the corporation for exchange or transfer shall be
 cancelled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be issued in
 exchange for any existing certificates until the existing certificates
 shall have been so cancelled, except in cases provided for in Section
<PAGE>
 8.08 of these Bylaws.

     Section 8.02.  FACSIMILE SIGNATURES.  The signatures of the
 president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary
 upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is
 countersigned by a transfer agent, or registered by a registrar, other
 than the corporation itself or an employee of the corporation.

     Section 8.03.  SIGNATURE BY FORMER OFFICER.  If an officer who has
 signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any share
 certificate shall have ceased to be an officer before the certificate
 is issued, the corporation may issue the certificate with the same
 effect as if he were an officer at the date of its issue.

     Section 8.04.  CONSIDERATION FOR SHARES.  The corporation's shares
 may be issued for such consideration as shall be determined by the
 Board of Directors to be adequate.  When the corporation receives
 payment of the consideration for which shares are to be issued, the
 shares shall be deemed fully paid and nonassessable by the corporation.

     Section 8.05.  TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Transfers of shares in the
 corporation shall be made on the corporation's books only by the
 registered shareholder, by his legal guardian, executor, or
 administrator, or by his or her attorney authorized by a power of
 attorney duly executed and filed with the corporation's secretary or
 with a transfer agent appointed by the Board of Directors, and on
 surrender of the certificate or certificates for the shares.  Where a
 share certificate is presented to the corporation with a request to
 register for transfer, the corporation shall not be liable to the owner
 or any other person suffering a loss as a result of the registration of
 transfer if (a) there were on or with the certificate the necessary
 endorsements, and (b) the corporation had no duty to inquire into
 adverse claims or has discharged the duty.  The corporation may require
 reasonable assurance that the endorsements are genuine and effective in
 compliance with such other regulations as may be prescribed by or under
 the Board of Directors' authority.  The person in whose name shares
 stand on the corporation's books shall, to the full extent permitted by
 law, be deemed the owner of the shares for all purposes.

                                 -19-

     Section 8.06.  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

               (a)  No sale, gift, bequest, transfer or other
          disposition of any kind (collectively, a "Disposition")
          of less than the Minimum Number of Shares shall be made
          by any shareholder to any person who is not a shareholder of
          record of the corporation as of the date of the Disposition.
          For purposes of these Bylaws, the term "Minimum Number of
          Shares" shall mean the lesser of (1) 1,000 shares (as adjusted
          for stock dividends, stock splits or other changes in the
          capitalization of the corporation) or (2) all shares then held
          of record by the shareholder as of the date of the
          Disposition.

               (b)  Any attempted Disposition which is prohibited by
<PAGE>
          Section 8.06(a) shall be void for all purposes under these
          Bylaws and the corporation or any transfer agent of the
          corporation which has been appointed with respect to the
          common stock shall be not required to transfer record
          ownership of any certificate or certificates representing the
          common stock presented for transfer if such Disposition would
          be in violation of Section 8.06(a).

               (c)  Each stock certificate provided for in Section 8.01
          of these Bylaws which is issued from and after January 23,
          1997 shall bear a conspicuous legend in such form as may be
          adopted by the Board of Directors from time to time and at any
          time setting forth the restrictions on Dispositions provided
          in Section 8.06(a).

     Section 8.07.  LOST, DESTROYED OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.  If an owner
 claims that his share certificate has been lost, destroyed, or
 wrongfully taken, a new certificate shall be issued in place of the
 original certificate if the owner (a) so requests before the
 corporation has notice that the shares have been acquired by a bona
 fide purchaser; (b) files with the corporation a sufficient indemnity
 bond (unless such bond is waived by the Board of Directors); and (c)
 satisfies such other reasonable requirements as may be prescribed by or
 under the authority of the Board of Directors.

     Section 8.08.  STOCK REGULATIONS.  The Board of Directors shall
 have the power and authority to make all such further rules and
 regulations not inconsistent with the statutes of the state of
 Wisconsin as they may deem expedient concerning the registration of
 certificates representing shares of the corporation.

                                 -20-

                    BYLAW VIII.  DISTRIBUTIONS

     The Board of Directors may make distributions to its shareholders
 whenever and in whatever amounts as, in the board's opinion, the
 corporation's condition renders advisable in the manner and upon the
 terms and conditions provided by law and the restated articles of
 incorporation.


                    BYLAW IX.  INDEMNIFICATION

     (a)  MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION.

          (1)   Subject to the conditions and limitations of this Bylaw
     IX and the corporation's articles of incorporation, the corporation
     shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the Wisconsin Business
     Corporation Law as it may then be in effect, indemnify and hold
     harmless each person (and the heirs and legal representatives of
     such person) who is or was a director or officer of the
     corporation, or of any other corporation or other enterprise which
     is served in any capacity at the request of the corporation (the
     "executive"), against any and all expenses (including, but not
     limited to, fees, costs, charges, disbursements, attorneys' fees
<PAGE>
     and any other expenses (hereafter collectively referred to as
     "expenses")) and liabilities (including, but not limited to, the
     obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, assessment,
     forfeiture or fine, including an excise tax assessed with respect
     to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter collectively referred to
     as "liabilities")) actually and reasonably incurred by him in
     connection with the result from any threatened, pending or
     completed civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action,
     suit, arbitration or other proceeding (whether brought by or in the
     right of the corporation or such other corporation or otherwise)
     ("proceedings"), or in connection with an appeal relating thereto,
     including, without limitation, proceedings brought under and/or
     predicated upon the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and/or the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and/or the Investment
     Company Act of 1940, as amended, and/or their respective state
     counterparts and/or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder,
     in which he may become involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason
     of his being or having been such executive, or by reason of any
     past or future action or omission or alleged action or omission
     (including those antedating the adoption of the Bylaw) by him
     in such capacity, whether or not he continues to be such at the
     time such liability or expense is incurred, either:

                                 -21-

               (A)  to the extent he is successful on the merits or
          otherwise in the defense of a proceeding, or

               (B)  to the extent he is not successful on the merits or
          otherwise in the defense of a proceeding, unless it is
          determined pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Bylaw that
          liability was incurred because the executive breached or
          failed to perform a duty he owed to the corporation and the
          breach or failure to perform constituted:

                    (i)  a willful failure to deal fairly with the
               corporation or its shareholders in connection with a
               matter in which the executive had a material conflict of
               interest,

                    (ii)  a violation of criminal law, unless the
               executive had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
               lawful or no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was
               unlawful,

                   (iii)  a transaction from which the executive derived
               an improper personal profit, or

                    (iv)  willful misconduct.

          (2)   In the event the executive is or was serving as an
     executive, trustee, fiduciary, administrator, employee or agent of
     an employee benefit plan sponsored by or otherwise associated with
     the corporation and incurs expenses or liabilities by reason of a
     proceeding having been brought, or having been threatened, against
     such executive because of his status as such an executive, trustee,
<PAGE>
     fiduciary, administrator, employee or agent of such plan or by
     reason of his performing duties in any such capacities, the
     corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless the executive against
     any and all of such reasonable amounts subject to the provisions of
     paragraph (a) hereof.

          (3)   The corporation may agree to indemnify and allow
     reasonable expenses for an employee or agent of the corporation
     who is not an executive by general or specific action of the Board
     of Directors, or by contract or agreement.

     (b)   RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION; HOW DETERMINED.

          (1)   An executive's indemnification under this Bylaw IX shall
      be determined pursuant to one of the following means (the
      "Authority") as may be selected by the executive seeking such
      indemnification:

                                 -22-

               (A)  by a majority vote of a quorum of the Board of
          Directors consisting of directors not at the time parties to
          the same or related proceedings.  If a quorum of disinterested
          directors cannot be obtained, by a majority vote of a
          committee duly appointed by the Board of Directors and
          consisting of two or more directors not at the time parties
          to the same or related proceedings.  Directors who are parties
          to the same or related proceedings may participate in the
          designation of the members of the committee;

               (B)  by independent legal counsel selected by a quorum of
          the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner
          prescribed in (i) above or, if unable to obtain such quorum or
          committee, by majority vote of the full Board of Directors,
          including directors who are parties to the same or related
          proceedings;

               (C)  by a panel of three arbitrators consisting of one
          arbitrator selected by those directors entitled under (ii)
          above to select independent legal counsel, one arbitrator
          selected by the executive seeking indemnification and one
          arbitrator selected by the two arbitrators previously
          selected;

               (D)  by an affirmative vote of shares as set forth in
          Section 2.08 of Bylaw II of these Bylaws;

               (E)  by a court pursuant to the Wisconsin Business
          Corporation Law as it may then be in effect; or

               (F)  by any other method provided for by the articles of
          incorporation, contract or agreement.  In any such
          determination there shall exist a rebuttable presumption
          that the executive has met such standard(s) of conduct and is
          therefore entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Bylaw
          IX.  The burden of rebutting such presumption by clear and
<PAGE>
          convincing evidence shall be on the corporation.   The
          Authority shall make a determination within sixty days of
          being selected and shall simultaneously submit a written
          opinion of its conclusions to both the corporation and the
          executive and, if the Authority determines that the executive
          is entitled to be indemnified for any amounts pursuant to this
          Bylaw IX, the corporation shall pay such amounts (net of all
          amounts, if any, previously advanced to the executive pursuant
          to paragraph (d), including interest thereon as provided in
          paragraph (e)(3), to the executive (or to such other person or
          entity as he may designate in writing to the corporation)
          within ten days of receipt of such opinion.

                                 -23-

          (2)   Any executive may, either before or within two years
     after a determination, if any, has been made by the Authority,
     petition the appropriate circuit court of the state of Wisconsin or
     any other court of competent jurisdiction to determine whether the
     executive is entitled to indemnification under this Bylaw IX, and
     such court shall thereupon have the exclusive authority to make
     such determination unless and until such court dismisses or
     otherwise terminates such proceeding without having made such
     determination.  The court shall, as petitioned, make an independent
     determination of whether the executive is entitled to
     indemnification as provided under this Bylaw IX, irrespective of
     any prior determination made by the Authority; provided, however,
     that there shall exist a rebuttable presumption that the executive
     has met the applicable standard(s) of conduct and is therefore
     entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Bylaw IX.  The burden
     of rebutting such presumption by clear and convincing evidence
     shall be on the corporation. If the court determines that the
     executive is entitled to be indemnified for any amounts pursuant to
     this Bylaw IX, unless otherwise ordered by such court, the
     corporation shall pay such amounts (net of all amounts, if any,
     previously advanced to the executive pursuant to paragraph (d),
     including interest thereon as provided in paragraph (e)(3), to the
     executive (or to such other person or entity as the executive may
     designate in writing to the corporation) within ten days of the
     rendering of such determination.  An executive shall pay all
     expenses incurred by the executive in connection with the judicial
     determination provided in this paragraph (b)(2), and any subsequent
     appeal thereof, unless it shall ultimately be determined by the
     court that he is entitled to be indemnified, in whole or in part,
     by the corporation as authorized in this Bylaw IX.

          (3)   Except as otherwise set forth in this subparagraph
     (2)(b), the expenses associated with the indemnification process
     set forth in this paragraph (b), including, without limitation, the
     expenses of the Authority selected hereunder, shall be paid by the
     corporation.

     (c)   TERMINATION OF A PROCEEDING IS NONCONCLUSIVE.  The
 termination of any proceeding, no matter by whom brought, including,
 without limitation, Securities Law proceedings, by judgment, order,
 settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
<PAGE>
 equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the
 executive has not met the applicable standard(s) of conduct set forth
 in paragraph (a).

                                 -24-

     (d)   ADVANCE PAYMENT.

          (1)   Upon written request, the corporation shall advance
     expenses to, or where appropriate, at its expense, undertake the
     defense of, every such person prior to the final disposition
     thereof upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the
     recipient to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be
     determined that he is entitled to indemnification under this Bylaw
     IX together with a written affirmation of his good faith and belief
     that he has not breached or failed to perform his duties to the
     corporation.

          (2)   In the event the corporation makes an advance of
     expenses to the executive pursuant to this Bylaw IX, the
     corporation shall be subrogated to each and every right of recovery
     the executive may have against any insurance carrier from whom the
     corporation has purchased insurance for such purpose, if any.

     (e)   PARTIAL INDEMNIFICATION; INTEREST.

          (1)   If it is determined pursuant to this Bylaw IX that an
     executive is entitled to indemnification as to some claims, issues
     or matters, but not as to other claims, issues or matters, involved
     in any proceeding, no matter by whom brought, including, without
     limitation, Securities Law proceedings, the Authority (or the
     court) shall authorize the reasonable proration (and payment by the
     corporation) of such expenses and liabilities with respect to which
     indemnification is sought by the executive, among such claims,
     issues or matters as the Authority (or the court) shall deem
     appropriate in light of all of the circumstances of such proceeding.

          (2)   If it is determined pursuant to this Bylaw IX that
     certain amounts incurred by an executive, are for whatever reason,
     unreasonable in amount, the Authority (or the court) shall
     authorize indemnification to be paid by the corporation to the
     executive for only such amounts as the Authority (or the court)
     shall deem reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such
     proceeding.

          (3)   To the extent deemed appropriate by the Authority
     pursuant to this Bylaw IX, or by the court before which such
     proceeding was brought, interest shall be paid by the corporation
     to an executive, at a reasonable interest rate, for amounts for
     which the corporation indemnifies the executive.

     (f)   LIMITATION OF DERIVATIVE PROCEEDINGS AND RELEASE OF DERIVATIVE
 CLAIMS.  No proceeding shall be brought and no cause of action shall be

                                 -25-
<PAGE>
 asserted, including, without limitation, Securities Law proceedings, by
 or in the right of the corporation, against the executive, his spouse,
 heirs, executors or administrators after the expiration of two years
 from the date the executive ceases, for any reason whatsoever, to serve
 as an executive of the corporation and/or of an affiliate unless
 asserted by the filing of an appropriate proceeding within such
 two-year period.  The provisions of any federal, state or local law or
 statute providing in substance that releases shall not extend to
claims, demands, injuries or damages which are unknown or unsuspected to
 exist at the time to the person or entity executing such release are
 hereby expressly waived by the corporation and its shareholders.

     (g)   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF BYLAW IX.  The right to indemnification
 provided to an executive by this Bylaw IX shall not be deemed exclusive
 of any other rights to indemnification or the advancement of expenses
 to which he may be entitled under any charter provision, contract,
 agreement, resolution, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors
 of the corporation or otherwise, including, without limitation, under
 Federal law or Wisconsin Business Corporation Law as it may then be in
 effect, both as to acts in his official capacity as such executive or
 other employee or agent of the corporation or of an affiliate or as to
 acts in any other capacity while holding such office or position, and
 the terms and provisions of this Bylaw IX shall continue as to the
 executive if he ceases to be an executive or other employee or agent of
 the corporation or of an affiliate, and such terms and provisions shall
 inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of the
 executive.

     (h)   INSURANCE.

          (1)   The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on
     behalf of an executive, agent or employee against any liability
     asserted against him or incurred by or on behalf of him or her in
     such capacity as an executive or other employee or agent of the
     corporation or of an affiliate, or arising out of his status as
     such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to
     indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this
     Bylaw IX or under Wisconsin Business Corporation Law as it may then
     be in effect.  The purchase and maintenance of such insurance shall
     not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the
     corporation or the executive under this Bylaw IX and the execution
     and delivery of this Bylaw IX by the corporation and the executive
     shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of
     the corporation or of the other party or parties thereto under any
     such policy or agreement of insurance.

                                 -26-

          (2)   If an executive shall receive payment from any insurance
     carrier or from the plaintiff in any proceeding against the
     executive in respect of indemnified amounts after payments on
     account of all or part of such indemnified amounts have been made
     by the corporation pursuant to this Bylaw IX, the executive shall
     promptly reimburse the corporation for the amount, if any, by which
     the sum of such payment by such insurance carrier or such plaintiff
     and payments by the corporation to the executive exceeds such
<PAGE>
     indemnified amounts; provided, however, that such portions, if any,
     of such insurance proceeds that are required to be reimbursed to
     the insurance carrier under the terms of its insurance policy, such
     as deductible or co-insurance payments, shall not be deemed to be
     payments to the executive hereunder.  In addition, upon payment of
     indemnified amounts under this Bylaw IX, the corporation shall be
     subrogated to an executive's rights against any insurance carrier
     in respect of such indemnified amounts and the executive shall
     execute and deliver any and all instruments and/or documents and
     perform any and all other acts or deeds which the corporation deems
     necessary or advisable to secure such rights.  The executive shall
     do nothing to prejudice such rights of recovery or subrogation.

     (i)   WITNESS EXPENSES.  Upon the executive's written request, the
 corporation shall pay (in advance or otherwise) or reimburse any and
 all expenses reasonably incurred by him in connection with his or her
 appearance as a witness in any proceeding at a time when he has not
 been formally named a defendant or respondent to such a proceeding.

     (j)  CONTRIBUTION.

          (1)   In the event the indemnity provided for in paragraph (a)
     is unavailable to the executive for any reason whatsoever, the
     corporation, in lieu of indemnifying the executive, shall
     contribute to the amount reasonably incurred by or on behalf of the
     executive, whether for liabilities and/or for expenses in
     connection with any proceeding, no matter by whom brought,
     including without limitation, Securities Law proceedings, in such
     proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable by the Authority
     pursuant to paragraph (b) hereof, or by the court before which such
     proceeding was brought, taking into account all of the
     circumstances of such proceeding, in order to reflect:

               (A)  the relative benefits received by the corporation
          and the executive as a result of the event(s) and/or
          transaction(s) giving cause to such proceeding; and/or


                                 -27-

               (B)  the relative fault of the corporation (and its other
          executives, employees and/or agents) and the executive in
          connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

          (2)   The executive shall not be entitled to contribution from
     the corporation under this paragraph (j) if it is determined by the
     Authority pursuant to paragraph (b), or by the court before which
     such proceeding was brought, that the executive, in the performance
     of his duty to the corporation or otherwise, violated the
     provisions of paragraph(a).

          (3)   The corporation's payment of, and the executive's right
     to, contribution under this paragraph (j) shall be made and
     determined in accordance with paragraph (b) hereof relating to
     the corporation's payment of, and the executive's right to,
     indemnification under this Bylaw IX.
<PAGE>
     (k)  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any provision of this Bylaw
 IX shall be deemed invalid or inoperative, or in the event that a court
 of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the provisions of this
 Agreement contravene public policy, this Bylaw IX shall be construed so
 that the remaining provisions shall not be affected, but shall remain
 in full force and effect, and any such provisions which are invalid or
 inoperative or which contravene public policy shall be deemed, without
 further action or deed on the part of any person, to be modified,
 amended and/or limited, but only to the extent necessary to render the
 same valid and enforceable, and the corporation shall indemnify the
 executive as to reasonable expenses, judgments, fines and amounts
 incurred in settlement with respect to any proceeding, no matter by
 whom brought, including Securities Law proceedings, to the full extent
 permitted by any applicable provision of this Bylaw IX that shall not
 have been invalidated and to the full extent otherwise permitted by the
 Wisconsin Business Corporation Law as it may then be in effect.

                       BYLAW X.  FISCAL YEAR

     The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the 1st day of
 October and end on the 30th day of September in each year.


                          BYLAW XI.  SEAL

     The corporation shall not have a corporate seal, and all formal
 corporate documents shall, when required, carry the designation "No
 Seal" along with the signature of the officer or officers.

                                 -28-

                      BYLAW XII.  AMENDMENTS

     Section 13.01.  BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Unless a greater number of shares
 is required under the terms of any section of any bylaw of these Bylaws
 which has been adopted by the shareholders, these Bylaws may be
 altered, amended or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by the
 shareholders by affirmative vote of not less than a majority of all
 voting groups of this corporation entitled to vote in the election of
 directors present or represented at any annual or special meeting of
 the shareholders at which a quorum is in attendance.

     Section 13.02.  BY DIRECTORS.  These Bylaws may also be altered,
 amended or repealed and new bylaws may be adopted by the Board of
 Directors by affirmative vote of a majority of the number of directors
 present at any meeting at which a quorum is in attendance; but no bylaw
 adopted by the shareholder shall be amended or repealed by the Board of
 Directors if the bylaw so adopted so provides.

     Section 13.03.  IMPLIED AMENDMENTS.  Any action taken or authorized
 by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors, which would be
 inconsistent with the bylaws then in effect but is taken or authorized
 by affirmative vote of not less than the number of shares or the number
 of directors required to amend the bylaws so that the bylaws would be
 consistent with such action, shall be given the same effect as though
 the bylaws had been temporarily amended or suspended so far, but only
<PAGE>
 so far, as is necessary to permit the specific action so taken or
 authorized.

                                 -29-

                                                     Exhibit 4.1


 NUMBER                                                SHARES
                INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF

                           THE STATE OF
                            WISCONSIN






                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

           15,000,000 SHARES COMMON STOCK, NO PAR VALUE



     THIS CERTIFIES THAT             SPECIMEN

     is the owner of _____________________________________ fully paid

     and non-assessable Shares of the Capital Stock of the above named

     Corporation transferable only on the books of the Corporation by

     the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized Attorney upon

     surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

     In Witness Whereof, the said Corporation has caused this

     Certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its

     Corporate Seal to be hereunto affixed this ___ day of ___ A.D. ____




      _____________________________      _______________________________
                TREASURER/SECRETARY                            PRESIDENT

                                                            Exhibit 4.2

 Revolving Business Note
 M&I Bank

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY &
    TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY         OCTOBER 4, 1999         $2,000,000.00
        Customer                      Date                   Amount

 The undersigned ("Customer", whether one or more) promises to pay to
 the order of M&I NORTHERN BANK ("Lender") at 3155 N. 124TH STREET,
 BROOKFIELD, WI 53005, the principal sum of $ 2,000,000.00 or, if less,
 the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all loans made under this
 Note, plus interest, as set forth below.

 Lender will disburse loan proceeds to Customer's deposit account number
 ____________________ or by other means acceptable to Lender.

 Interest is payable on   NOVEMBER 1, 1999  , and on the same date of
 each   SUCCEEDING   month thereafter and at maturity.

 Principal is payable    FEBRUARY 1, 2001   .

 This Note bears interest on the unpaid principal balance before
 maturity at a rate equal to [Complete (a), (b) or (c); only one shall
 apply]:

   (a)  N/A   N/A%  per year.
   (b)  N/A   N/A  percentage points in excess of the prime rate of
       interest adopted by Lender as its base rate for interest rate
       determinations from time to time which may or may not be the
       lowest rate charged by Lender (with the rate changing as and when
       that prime rate changes).  The initial rate is  N/A%  per year.
   (c)   X   This Note bears interest on the unpaid principal balance
       before maturity (whether upon demand, acceleration or otherwise)
       at the rates set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto.

 Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year on the actual
 number of days principal is unpaid.  Unpaid principal and interest bear
 interest after maturity (whether by acceleration or lapse of time)
 until paid at Prime Rate plus 3%.

 If any payment is not paid when due, if a default occurs under any
 other obligation of any Customer to Lender or if Lender deems itself
 insecure, the unpaid balance shall, at the option of Lender, and
 without notice mature and become immediately payable.  The unpaid
 balance shall automatically mature and become immediately payable in
 the event any Customer, surety, or guarantor becomes the subject of
 bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings.  Lender's receipt of any
 payment on this Note after the occurrence of an event of default shall
 not constitute a waiver of the default or Lender's rights and remedies
 upon such default.
<PAGE>
 This Note may be prepaid in full or in part without penalty.

 Lender is authorized to automatically charge payments due under
 this Note to account number     N/A     (See reverse side regarding
 Notice of Transfers Varying in Amount.)

   N/A   Check here only if this Note is to be secured by a first lien
 mortgage or equivalent security interest on a one-to-four family
 dwelling used as Customer's principal place of residence.

 This note includes additional provisions on reverse side.

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY &
   TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY (SEAL)                W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
                                                      Street Address

 BY:  BRUCE SCHNEIDER                (SEAL)     GERMANTOWN, WI 53022
      Bruce Schneider, VP/Finance                     City/State/Zip


                             ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

 This Note is secured by all existing and future security agreements,
 assignments and mortgages between Lender and Customer, between Lender
 and any guarantor of this Note, and between Lender and any other person
 providing collateral security for Customer's obligations, and payment
 may be accelerated according to any of them.  Unless a lien would be
 prohibited by law or would render a nontaxable account taxable,
 Customer grants to Lender a security interest and lien in any deposit
 account Customer may at any time have with Lender.  Lender may, at any
 time after an occurrence of an event of default, without notice or
 demand, setoff against any deposit balances or other money now or
 hereafter owed any Customer by Lender any amount unpaid under this Note.

 Lender is authorized to make book entries evidencing loans and payments
 and the aggregate of all loans as evidenced by those entries is
 presumptive evidence that those amounts are outstanding and unpaid to
 Lender.  Customer covenants that all loans shall be used solely for
 business and not personal purposes.

 Customer agrees to pay all costs of administration and collection
 before and after judgment, including reasonable attorneys' fees
 (including those incurred in successful defense or settlement of any
 counterclaim brought by Customer or incident to any action or
 proceeding involving Customer brought pursuant to the United States
 Bankruptcy Code) and waives presentment, protest, demand and notice of
 dishonor.  Customer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender, its
 directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against any and all
 claims, damages, judgments, penalties, and expenses, including
 reasonable attorneys' fees, arising directly or indirectly from credit
 extended under this Note or the activities of Customer.  This indemnity
 shall survive payment of this Note.

 Customer acknowledges that Lender has not made any representations or
 warranties with respect to, and that Lender does not assume any
 responsibility to Customer for, the collectability or enforceability of
 this Note or the financial condition of any Customer.  Customer
<PAGE>
 authorizes Lender to disclose financial and other information about
 Customer to others.  Each Customer has independently determined the
 collectability and enforceability of this Note.

 Without affecting the liability of any Customer, surety, or guarantor,
 Lender may, without notice, accept partial payments, release or impair
 any collateral security for the payment of this Note or agree not to
 sue any party liable on it.  Without affecting the liability of any
 surety or guarantor, Lender may from time to time, without notice,
 renew or extend the time for payment.  The obligations of all Customers
 under this Note are joint and several.

 To the extent not prohibited by law, Customer consents that venue for
 any legal proceeding relating to collection of this Note shall be, at
 Lender's option, the county in which Lender has its principal office
 in this state, the county in which any Customer resides or the county
 in which this Note was executed.  This Note shall be construed and
 enforced in accordance with the internal laws of Wisconsin.

 This Note is intended by Customer and Lender as a final expression of
 this Note and as a complete and exclusive statement of its terms, there
 being no conditions to the enforceability of this Note.  This Note may
 not be supplemented or modified except in writing, except as set forth
 in Exhibit A attached hereto.

                       PREAUTHORIZED TRANSFER DISCLOSURE

 When Customer authorizes Lender to obtain payment of amounts becoming
 due Lender by initiating charges to Customer's account, Customer also
 requests and authorizes remitting financial institution to alert and
 honor same and to charge same to Customer's account.  This
 authorization will remain in effect until Customer notifies Lender and
 the remitting financial institution in writing to terminate this
 authorization and Lender and remitting financial institution have a
 reasonable time to act on the termination.  NOTICE OF TRANSFERS VARYING
 IN AMOUNT:  If Lender and remitting financial institution are not the
 same, Customer is an individual, the account was established primarily
 for personal, family or household purposes and the regular payments may
 vary in amount, Customer has the right to receive a notice from Lender
 10 days before each payment of how much the payment will be; however,
 by signing this Note, Customer elects to receive notice only when
 current payment would differ by more than 100% from previous payment.


                     EXHIBIT A TO REVOLVING BUSINESS NOTE

      This Note bears interest on the unpaid principal balance before
 maturity (whether upon demand, acceleration or otherwise) at an annual
 rate equal to the Adjusted Interbank Rate (as defined below) plus 225
 basis points, which rate will change as of the first day of each
 calendar month.  If the first day of any calendar month is not a
 regular Business Day, the Adjusted Interbank Rate shall be established
 on the preceding Business Day.  "Business Day" shall mean any day other
 than a Saturday, Sunday, public holiday or other day when commercial
 banks in Wisconsin are authorized or required by law to close.
<PAGE>
      "Prime Rate" means an annual rate equal to the interest rate
 publicly announced by Lender from time to time in Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 as its base rate for interest rate determinations.

      "Adjusted Interbank Rate" means an annual rate for all loans
 evidenced by this Note (the "Loans") (rounded upwards, if necessary, to
 the nearest 1/100 of 1%), determined pursuant to the following formula:

                  Adjusted Interbank Rate           INTERBANK RATE
                                                1 - Interbank Reserve
                                                    Requirement

      "Interbank Rate" means with respect to any Loan, the rate per
 annum equal to the rate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest
 1/16 of 1%) quoted as the rate at which dollar deposits in immediately
 available funds are offered on the first day of each calendar month in
 the interbank Eurodollar market on or about 9:00 A.M., Milwaukee time,
 for a period of thirty (30) days.  If the first day of any calendar
 month is not a regular Business Day, the Interbank Rate shall be
 established on the preceding Business Day.  Lender currently uses the
 Knight Ridder Information Service to provide information with respect
 to the interbank Eurodollar market, but Lender may change the service
 providing such information at any time.  Each such determination shall
 be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto in the absence of
 demonstrable error.

      "Interbank Reserve Requirement" means a percentage (expressed as a
 decimal) equal to the aggregate reserve requirements in effect on the
 first day of each calendar month (including all basic, supplemental,
 marginal and other reserves and taking into account any transitional
 adjustments or other scheduled changes in reserve requirements during
 each calendar month) specified for "Eurocurrency Liabilities" under
 Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
 or any other regulation of the Board of Governors which prescribes
 reserve requirements applicable to "Eurocurrency Liabilities" as
 presented defined in Regulation D, as then in effect, as applicable to
 the class or classes of banks of which Lender is a member.  As of the
 date of this Note, the Interbank Reserve Requirement is 0%.

      INCREASED COSTS.  If Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
 Federal Reserve System, or the adoption of any applicable law, rule or
 regulation of general application, or any change therein, or any
 interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority,
 central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
 administration thereof, or compliance by Lender with any request or
 directive of general application (whether or not having the force of
 law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

            (a)   shall subject Lender to any tax, duty or other charge
 with respect to the Loans, the Note or its obligation to make Loans, or
 shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Lender of the
 principal of or interest on the Loans or any other amounts due under
 this Note in respect of the Loans or its obligation to make Loans
 (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of
 Lender); or
<PAGE>
            (b)   shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve
 (including, without limitation, any reserve imposed by the Board of
 Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any reserve
 included in the determination of interest rates pursuant to this Note),
 special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with
 or for the account of, or credit extended by, Lender; or

            (c)   shall affect the amount of capital required or
 expected to be maintained by Lender or any corporation controlling
 Lender; or

            (d)   shall impose on Lender any other condition affecting
 the Loans, the Note or its obligation to make Loans;

 and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to (or
 in the case of Regulation D referred to above, to impose a cost on)
 Lender of making or maintaining any Loans, or to reduce the amount of
 any sum received or receivable by Lender under this Note with respect
 thereto, then within ten (10) days after demand by Lender (which demand
 shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth the basis of such
 demand), Customer shall pay directly to Lender such additional amount
 or amounts as will compensate Lender for such increased cost or such
 reduction.  Determinations by Lender for purposes of this section of
 the effect of any change in applicable laws or regulations or of any
 interpretations, directives or requests thereunder on its costs of
 making or maintaining Loans or sums receivable by it in respect of
 Loans, and of the additional amounts required to compensate Lender in
 respect thereof, shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

      DEPOSITS UNAVAILABLE OR INTEREST RATE UNASCERTAINABLE.

            (a)   If Lender is advised that deposits in dollars (in the
 applicable amount) are not being offered to banks in the relevant
 market for periods of thirty (30) days, or Lender otherwise determines
 (which determination shall be binding and conclusive on all parties)
 that by reason of circumstances affecting the Interbank Eurodollar
 market adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the
 applicable Interbank Rate; or

            (b)   If lenders similar to Lender have determined that the
 Interbank Rate will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such
 lenders of maintaining or funding loans based on the Interbank Rate, or
 that the making or funding of such Interbank Rate loans has become
 impracticable as a result of an event occurring after the date of this
 Note which in the opinion of Lender materially affects such Interbank
 Rate loans;

 then, so long as such circumstances shall continue, Lender shall not be
 under any obligation to make or continue Loans based on the Interbank
 Rate and on the first Business Day of the following calendar month,
 such Loans shall bear interest at the Prime Rate.  If such an agreement
 cannot be reached, such Loans shall be repaid in full by Customer.

      CHANGE IN LAW RENDERING INTERBANK RATE LOANS UNLAWFUL.  In the
 event that any change in (including the adoption of any new) applicable
 laws or regulations, or any change in the interpretation of applicable
<PAGE>
 laws or regulations by any governmental or other regulatory body
 charged with the administration thereof, should make it unlawful for
 any lender to make, maintain or fund Loans based on the Interbank Rate,
 then:  (a) Lender shall promptly notify Customer; (b) the obligation of
 Lender to make or continue Loans based on the Interbank Rate shall be
 suspended for the duration of such unlawfulness; and (c) on the first
 Business Day of the following calendar month, such Loans shall bear
 interest at the Prime Rate, with the interest rate to change on each
 day that the Prime Rate changes.

 Dated as of  OCTOBER 4, 1999.

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY & TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY (SEAL)


 By:   BRUCE SCHNEIDER                     (SEAL)
       Bruce Schneider, VP/Finance

           Appendix A to General Business Security Agreement between M&I
 Northern Bank ("Lender") and   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY & TECSTAR MFG.
 COMPANY ("Debtor")

 (a)  DEFINITIONS.

     (i)   "QUALIFIED INVENTORY" means inventory (as that term is
           defined in the Wisconsin Uniform Commercial Code) [a]
           which is in good condition and is owned by Debtor free and
           clear of all encumbrances and security interests (except for
           Lender's security interest); and [b] the existence, location,
           amount and lower of cost or wholesale market value of which
           have been certified to in a manner satisfactory to Lender by
           a representative of Debtor within 10 days after the end of
           each month and, if checked here <square>, on the date of each
           loan.

     (ii)  "QUALIFIED ACCOUNT" means an account owing to Debtor which
            meets the following specifications:

           (a)  It arose from the performance of services by Debtor, or
                from a bona fide sale or lease of goods which have been
                delivered or shipped to the account debtor and for which
                Debtor has genuine invoices, shipping documents or
                receipts.

           (b)  It is payable not more than 30 days from the earlier of
                performance of the services, delivery of goods or date
                of invoice, and is not more than 90 days past due.

           (c)  It is owned by Debtor free and clear of all encumbrances
                and security interest (other than Lender's).

           (d)  It is genuine and enforceable against the account debtor
                for the amount shown as owing in the certificates
                furnished by Debtor to Lender.  It and the transaction
                out of which it arose comply with all applicable laws
                and regulations.  It is not subject to any set-off,
<PAGE>
                credit allowance or adjustment, except discount for
                prompt payment, nor has the account debtor returned the
                goods or disputed his liability.

           (e)  Its existence and amount have been certified to in a
                manner satisfactory to Lender by a representative of
                Debtor within 10 days after the end of each month and,
                if checked here <square>, on the date of each loan.

           (f)  Debtor has no notice or knowledge of anything which
                might impair the credit standing of the account debtor.

           (g)  Lender has not notified Debtor that the account or
                account debtor is unsatisfactory.

     (iii) "QUALIFIED EQUIPMENT" means equipment (as that term is
           defined in the Wisconsin Uniform Commercial Code) [a] which
           is new and unused and in good working condition; [b] the
           existence, location and amount of which have been certified
           to in a manner satisfactory to Lender by a representative of
           Debtor; and [c] which is owned by Debtor free and clear of
           all encumbrances and security interests (other than
           Lender's).

     (iv)  "LOAN VALUE" means the (<square> invoice) cost of Debtor's
            equipment (<square> less accumulated depreciation as
            determined in accordance with generally accepted principles
            applied on a consistent basis).

     (v)   "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means the excess of total assets over
            total liabilities, total assets and total liabilities each
            to be determined in accordance with generally accepted
            accounting principles consistent with those applied in the
            preparation of the financial statements excluding, however,
            from the determination of total assets all assets which
            would be classified as intangible assets under generally
            accepted accounting principles including, without
            limitation, goodwill, patents, trademarks, trade names,
            copyrights, franchises, and certain other assets including
            investments, advances, and/or loans to affiliated business
            entities, officers, shareholders, and/or employees.

     (vi)  "DEBT/TANGIBLE NET WORTH" means the relationship expressed as
            a numerical ratio, between [1] the total of all liabilities
            of the Debtor which would appear on the balance sheet of the
            Debtor in accordance with generally accepted accounting
            principles applied on a consistent basis, and [2] Tangible
            Net Worth.

 (b) BORROWING BASE.  The aggregate amount of all obligations at any
     time outstanding (except N/A) shall never exceed:

     (i)   WORKING CAPITAL LINE.  The lesser of $ 2,000,000.00  or an
           amount equal to the sum of:

           (a)  QUALIFIED INVENTORY.  For Qualified Inventory at cost
<PAGE>
                (determined in accordance with generally accepted
                accounting principles) or wholesale market value,
                whichever is lower, exclusive of any transportation,
                processing or  handling charges:

                Raw Material   50  % (Plastic Resin Only not to exceed $
                250,000.00); Work in Process  N/A %; Finished Goods 50%;
                not to exceed $ 250,000.00  in the aggregate; Total
                Qualified Inventory not to exceed $ 500,000.00 ; plus

           (b)  QUALIFIED ACCOUNTS.   80  % of the amount owing on
                Qualified Accounts INCLUDING FOREIGN ACCOUNTS RELATED TO
                MOTOROLA ONLY.

     (ii)  EQUIPMENT LINE.  Plus, the lesser of $  N/A   or   N/A  % of
           the Loan Value of Qualified Equipment.

     In addition to other required payments, Debtor shall pay Lender in
     reduction of the Obligations such sums as may be necessary from
     time to time to maintain the above ratio(s).

 (c) MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS:

     (i)   In Section 2, DEBTOR'S WARRANTIES.

           (n)  Debtor also warrants that its existing officers,
                directors, and shareholders are as set forth on Exhibit
                OM as attached hereto.

     (ii)  In Section 6, DEBTOR'S COVENANTS.

           (1)  Net Worth.  Debtor shall maintain at all times a
                Tangible Net Worth of not less than $ 1,000,000.00
                TO BE $1,500,000.00 BY 9/30/00.

           (m)  Debt/Tangible Net Worth.  Debtor shall maintain a
                Debt/Tangible Net Worth ratio of not more than  N/A to 1.

     (iii) In Section 8, DEFAULT.

           It shall be an additional event of default under this
           Agreement if  (               )  shall cease to be the
           (          )  of the Debtor.

           It shall also be an event of default if a "Change in Control"
           shall occur.

           As used herein, a "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have
           occurred if either (a) any person or entity shall acquire,
           directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership after the date
           hereof of more than 50% of the voting stock of the Debtor or
           (b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, individuals
           who at the beginning of such 12 month period were
           shareholders of the Debtor shall cease for any reason to
           constitute a majority of the shareholders of the Debtor.
<PAGE>
                                      PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY &
                                      TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY


 Date:     OCTOBER 4  , 1999          BY:  BRUCE SCHNEIDER
                                           Bruce Schneider, VP/Finance

 Plastics Mfg. Company
 _______________ __, 1999

                                                   Exhibit 5.1

              [Niebler, Pyzyk, Klaver & Wagner LLP Letterhead]

                              December 2, 1999

 Plastics Mfg. Company
 W188 N11707 Maple Road
 Box 1014
 Germantown, WI  53022-8214

 Ladies and Gentlemen:

     Reference is made to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be
 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Registration
 Statement") in connection with the registration of 1,222,490 shares of
 common stock, without par value per share (the "Shares"), of Plastics
 Mfg. Company (the "Company") under the Securities Act of 1933, as
 amended, to be sold by you in your initial public offering (the
 "Offering").  In connection with the Offering, you have requested our
 opinion with respect to the following matters.

     In connection with the delivery of this opinion, we have examined
 originals or copies of the Restated Articles of Incorporation and the
 By-Laws of the Company as set forth as exhibits to the Registration
 Statement, the Registration Statement, certain resolutions adopted or
 to be adopted by the Board of Directors, the form of stock certificate
 representing the Shares and such other records, agreements,
 instruments, certificates and other documents of public officials,
 the Company and its officers and representatives and have made such
 inquiries of the Company and its officers and representatives, as we
 have deemed necessary or appropriate in connection with the opinions
 set forth herein. We are familiar with the proceedings heretofore
 taken, and with the additional proceedings proposed to be taken, by the
 Company in connection with the authorization, registration, issuance
 and sale of the Shares.  With respect to certain factual matters
 material to our opinion, we have relied upon representations from, or
 certificates of, officers of the Company.  In making such examination
 and rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed without
 verification the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all
 documents submitted to us as originals, the authenticity of the
 originals of such documents submitted to us as certified copies, the
 conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies, the
 authenticity of the originals of such later documents, and that all
 documents submitted to us as certified copies are true and correct
 copies of such originals.

     Based on such examination and review, and subject to the foregoing,
 we are of the opinion that the Shares, upon issuance, delivery and
 payment therefor in the manner contemplated by the Registration
<PAGE>
 Statement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
 non-assessable, subject, however, to the provision of Section
 180.0622(2)(b) of the Wisconsin Statutes.

     We are members of the Bar of the State of Wisconsin, and we have
 not considered, and we express no opinion as to, the laws of any
 jurisdiction other than the laws of the United States of America and
 the State of Wisconsin.

     We consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an Exhibit to the
 Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm in the
 Prospectus that is a part of the Registration Statement. In giving
 such consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of
 persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act
 of 1933, as amended.

                              Very truly yours,

                              NIEBLER, PYZYK, KLAVER & WAGNER LLP


                                                           Exhibit 10.01

                                                 1,750,000 SHARES
                                                  OF COMMON STOCK

                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                          A WISCONSIN CORPORATION
                           W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
                        GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022

                               STOCK OPTION


     For value received, MARK SELLERS AND ASSIGNS, the Optionee of this
 Option contract (the "Option"), may call upon PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY,
 the Optionor of this Option, to sell to the Optionee 1,750,000 shares
 of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the
 "Corporation") at a price of $10.00 per share (the "Strike Price").

     1.   EXERCISE.  This Option can be exercised only on or before
 September 30, 2001. Exercise may be made in a series of exercised
 steps, but not less than 10,000 shares may be exercised at any one
 time.

     2.   EXPIRATION.  The expiration date of the Option is September 30,
 2001.

     3.   PRESENTMENT.  This Option must be presented to the Optionor at
 the time of exercise of this Option.  This Option must be exercised in
 writing.

     4.   CONDITIONS.  This Option is subject to the terms and conditions
 on the reverse side hereof.

     5.   COMMITMENT.  The Optionor agrees to carry out and perform all
 of the obligations of this Option, in accordance with the terms and
 conditions hereof.

     Dated this 1st day of October, 1999.

                                   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, OPTIONOR



                                   BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                         Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   Date:

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

<PAGE>
     1.   DEFINITION OF TERMS.  As used in this Option, "Optionor" means
 the party required to perform the obligations of this Option;
 "Underlying Security" means the stock issued by the Corporation of the
 class specified on the face of this Option; "Strike Price" means the
 price specified on the face of this Option as the price at which the
 Optionee may call the Underlying Security, subject to adjustment
 pursuant to these Terms and Conditions; and "Expiration Price" as of a
 specified date means the amount shown on the face of this Option as the
 expiration price applicable to the period which includes the date,
 subject to adjustment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions.

     2.   PRICE.  Prior to the expiration of this Option:

          (a)  In the event of stock splits, reverse splits or other
               similar actions by the Corporation with respect to the
               Underlying Security, this Option shall become an option
               for the equivalent in new securities when the new
               securities are duly listed for trading and the total
               Strike Price and the Expiration Price shall not be
               reduced; and

          (b)  Stock dividends or the equivalent due-bills shall be
               attached to the Underlying Security when and if this
               Option is exercised, and the total Strike Price and
               Expiration Price shall not be reduced.

     3.   EXERCISE.  Upon presentation of this Option to the Optionor
 hereof, attached to a notice of exercise of this Option, the Optionor
 agrees to accept notice of the Bearer's exercise by stamping or signing
 the notice, and this acknowledgment shall constitute a contract and
 shall be controlling with respect to the acceptance and delivery of the
 Underlying Security and settlement.

     4.   SUSPENSION OF TRADING.  Except as provided herein, this Option
 may not be exercised when trading in the Underlying Security has been
 suspended by governmental authorities or by the exchange where the
 Underlying Security is listed, and a suspension shall not extend the
 date on which this Option terminates or the dates on which Expiration
 Prices become applicable.


                                                           Exhibit 10.02

                                                   250,000 SHARES
                                                  OF COMMON STOCK

                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                          A WISCONSIN CORPORATION
                           W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
                        GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022

                               STOCK OPTION


     For value received, MGS (SELLER'S) CHILDREN'S TRUST, the Optionee
 of this Option contract (the "Option"), may call upon PLASTICS MFG.
 COMPANY, the Optionor of this Option, to sell to the Optionee 250,000
 shares of the Common Stock (the "Shares") of PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the
 "Corporation") at a price of $10.00 per share (the "Strike Price").

     1.   EXERCISE.  This Option can be exercised only on or before
 September 30, 2001. Exercise may be made in a series of exercised
 steps, but not less than 10,000 shares may be exercised at any one
 time.

     2.   EXPIRATION.  The expiration date of the Option is September
 30, 2001.

     3.   PRESENTMENT.  This Option must be presented to the Optionor at
 the time of exercise of this Option.  This Option must be exercised in
 writing.

     4.   CONDITIONS.  This Option is subject to the terms and conditions
 on the reverse side hereof.

     5.   COMMITMENT.  The Optionor agrees to carry out and perform all
 of the obligations of this Option, in accordance with the terms and
 conditions hereof.

     Dated this 1st day of October, 1999.

                                   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, OPTIONOR



                                   BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                         Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   Date:

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

<PAGE>
     1.   DEFINITION OF TERMS.  As used in this Option, "Optionor" means
 the party required to perform the obligations of this Option;
 "Underlying Security" means the stock issued by the Corporation of the
 class specified on the face of this Option; "Strike Price" means the
 price specified on the face of this Option as the price at which the
 Optionee may call the Underlying Security, subject to adjustment
 pursuant to these Terms and Conditions; and "Expiration Price" as of a
 specified date means the amount shown on the face of this Option as the
 expiration price applicable to the period which includes the date,
 subject to adjustment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions.

     2.   PRICE.  Prior to the expiration of this Option:

          (a)  In the event of stock splits, reverse splits or other
               similar actions by the Corporation with respect to the
               Underlying Security, this Option shall become an option
               for the equivalent in new securities when the new
               securities are duly listed for trading and the total
               Strike Price and the Expiration Price shall not be
               reduced; and

          (b)  Stock dividends or the equivalent due-bills shall be
               attached to the Underlying Security when and if this
               Option is exercised, and the total Strike Price and
               Expiration Price shall not be reduced.

     3.   EXERCISE.  Upon presentation of this Option to the Optionor
 hereof, attached to a notice of exercise of this Option, the Optionor
 agrees to accept notice of the Bearer's exercise by stamping or signing
 the notice, and this acknowledgment shall constitute a contract and
 shall be controlling with respect to the acceptance and delivery of the
 Underlying Security and settlement.

     4.   SUSPENSION OF TRADING.  Except as provided herein, this Option
 may not be exercised when trading in the Underlying Security has been
 suspended by governmental authorities or by the exchange where the
 Underlying Security is listed, and a suspension shall not extend the
 date on which this Option terminates or the dates on which Expiration
 Prices become applicable.


                                                           Exhibit 10.03

                                                 1,000,000 SHARES
                                                  OF COMMON STOCK

                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                          A WISCONSIN CORPORATION
                           W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
                        GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022

                                STOCK OPTION


     For value received, MOOSE LAKE TRUST, the Optionee of this Option
 contract (the "Option"), may call upon PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, the
 Optionor of this Option, to sell to the Optionee 1,000,000 shares of
 the Common Stock (the "Shares") of PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the
 "Corporation") at a price of $10.00 per share (the "Strike Price").

     1.   EXERCISE.  This Option can be exercised only on or before
 September 30, 2001. Exercise may be made in a series of exercised
 steps, but not less than 10,000 shares may be exercised at any one
 time.

     2.   EXPIRATION.  The expiration date of the Option is September
 30, 2001.

     3.   PRESENTMENT.  This Option must be presented to the Optionor at
 the time of exercise of this Option.  This Option must be exercised in
 writing.

     4.   CONDITIONS.  This Option is subject to the terms and
 conditions on the reverse side hereof.

     5.   COMMITMENT.  The Optionor agrees to carry out and perform all
 of the obligations of this Option, in accordance with the terms and
 conditions hereof.

     Dated this 1st day of October, 1999.

                                   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, OPTIONOR



                                   BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                         Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   Date:

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS

<PAGE>
     1.   DEFINITION OF TERMS.  As used in this Option, "Optionor" means
 the party required to perform the obligations of this Option;
 "Underlying Security" means the stock issued by the Corporation of the
 class specified on the face of this Option; "Strike Price" means the
 price specified on the face of this Option as the price at which the
 Optionee may call the Underlying Security, subject to adjustment
 pursuant to these Terms and Conditions; and "Expiration Price" as of a
 specified date means the amount shown on the face of this Option as the
 expiration price applicable to the period which includes the date,
 subject to adjustment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions.

     2.   PRICE.  Prior to the expiration of this Option:

          (a)  In the event of stock splits, reverse splits or other
               similar actions by the Corporation with respect to the
               Underlying Security, this Option shall become an option
               for the equivalent in new securities when the new
               securities are duly listed for trading and the total
               Strike Price and the Expiration Price shall not be
               reduced; and

          (b)  Stock dividends or the equivalent due-bills shall be
               attached to the Underlying Security when and if this
               Option is exercised, and the total Strike Price and
               Expiration Price shall not be reduced.

     3.   EXERCISE.  Upon presentation of this Option to the Optionor
 hereof, attached to a notice of exercise of this Option, the Optionor
 agrees to accept notice of the Bearer's exercise by stamping or signing
 the notice, and this acknowledgment shall constitute a contract and
 shall be controlling with respect to the acceptance and delivery of the
 Underlying Security and settlement.

     4.   SUSPENSION OF TRADING.  Except as provided herein, this Option
 may not be exercised when trading in the Underlying Security has been
 suspended by governmental authorities or by the exchange where the
 Underlying Security is listed, and a suspension shall not extend the
 date on which this Option terminates or the dates on which Expiration
 Prices become applicable.


                                                           Exhibit 10.04

                                                 1,000,000 SHARES
                                                  OF COMMON STOCK

                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                          A WISCONSIN CORPORATION
                           W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
                        GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022

                                STOCK OPTION


     For value received, MOLDMAKERS INVESTMENTS & LEASING LIMITED
 PARTNERSHIP LLP, the Optionee of this Option contract (the "Option"),
 may call upon PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, the Optionor of this Option, to
 sell to the Optionee 1,000,000 shares of the Common Stock (the
 "Shares") of PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the "Corporation") at a price of
 $10.00 per share (the "Strike Price").

     1.   EXERCISE.  This Option can be exercised only on or before
 September 30, 2001. Exercise may be made in a series of exercised
 steps, but not less than 10,000 shares may be exercised at any one
 time.

     2.   EXPIRATION.  The expiration date of the Option is September
 30, 2001.

     3.   PRESENTMENT.  This Option must be presented to the Optionor at
 the time of exercise of this Option.  This Option must be exercised in
 writing.

     4.   CONDITIONS.  This Option is subject to the terms and
 conditions on the reverse side hereof.

     5.   COMMITMENT.  The Optionor agrees to carry out and perform all
 of the obligations of this Option, in accordance with the terms and
 conditions hereof.

     Dated this 1st day of October, 1999.

                                   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, OPTIONOR



                                   BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                         Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   Date:

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
<PAGE>
     1.   DEFINITION OF TERMS.  As used in this Option, "Optionor" means
 the party required to perform the obligations of this Option;
 "Underlying Security" means the stock issued by the Corporation of the
 class specified on the face of this Option; "Strike Price" means the
 price specified on the face of this Option as the price at which the
 Optionee may call the Underlying Security, subject to adjustment
 pursuant to these Terms and Conditions; and "Expiration Price" as of a
 specified date means the amount shown on the face of this Option as the
 expiration price applicable to the period which includes the date,
 subject to adjustment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions.

     2.   PRICE.  Prior to the expiration of this Option:

          (a)  In the event of stock splits, reverse splits or other
               similar actions by the Corporation with respect to the
               Underlying Security, this Option shall become an option
               for the equivalent in new securities when the new
               securities are duly listed for trading and the total
               Strike Price and the Expiration Price shall not be
               reduced; and

          (b)  Stock dividends or the equivalent due-bills shall be
               attached to the Underlying Security when and if this
               Option is exercised, and the total Strike Price and
               Expiration Price shall not be reduced.

     3.   EXERCISE.  Upon presentation of this Option to the Optionor
 hereof, attached to a notice of exercise of this Option, the Optionor
 agrees to accept notice of the Bearer's exercise by stamping or signing
 the notice, and this acknowledgment shall constitute a contract and
 shall be controlling with respect to the acceptance and delivery of the
 Underlying Security and settlement.

     4.   SUSPENSION OF TRADING.  Except as provided herein, this Option
 may not be exercised when trading in the Underlying Security has been
 suspended by governmental authorities or by the exchange where the
 Underlying Security is listed, and a suspension shall not extend the
 date on which this Option terminates or the dates on which Expiration
 Prices become applicable.


                                                           Exhibit 10.05

                                                 1,000,000 SHARES
                                                  OF COMMON STOCK

                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY
                          A WISCONSIN CORPORATION
                           W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
                        GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN 53022

                               STOCK OPTION


     For value received, MOLDMAKERS, INC., the Optionee of this Option
 contract (the "Option"), may call upon PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, the
 Optionor of this Option, to sell to the Optionee 1,000,000 shares of
 the Common Stock (the "Shares") of PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the
 "Corporation") at a price of $10.00 per share (the "Strike Price").

     1.   EXERCISE.  This Option can be exercised only on or before
 September 30, 2001. Exercise may be made in a series of exercised
 steps, but not less than 10,000 shares may be exercised at any one
 time.

     2.   EXPIRATION.  The expiration date of the Option is September
 30, 2001.

     3.   PRESENTMENT.  This Option must be presented to the Optionor at
 the time of exercise of this Option.  This Option must be exercised in
 writing.

     4.   CONDITIONS.  This Option is subject to the terms and conditions
 on the reverse side hereof.

     5.   COMMITMENT.  The Optionor agrees to carry out and perform all
 of the obligations of this Option, in accordance with the terms and
 conditions hereof.

     Dated this 1st day of October, 1999.

                                   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, OPTIONOR



                                   BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                         Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   Date:

                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
<PAGE>
     1.   DEFINITION OF TERMS.  As used in this Option, "Optionor" means
 the party required to perform the obligations of this Option;
 "Underlying Security" means the stock issued by the Corporation of the
 class specified on the face of this Option; "Strike Price" means the
 price specified on the face of this Option as the price at which the
 Optionee may call the Underlying Security, subject to adjustment
 pursuant to these Terms and Conditions; and "Expiration Price" as of a
 specified date means the amount shown on the face of this Option as the
 expiration price applicable to the period which includes the date,
 subject to adjustment pursuant to these Terms and Conditions.

     2.   PRICE.  Prior to the expiration of this Option:

          (a)  In the event of stock splits, reverse splits or other
               similar actions by the Corporation with respect to the
               Underlying Security, this Option shall become an option
               for the equivalent in new securities when the new
               securities are duly listed for trading and the total
               Strike Price and the Expiration Price shall not be
               reduced; and

          (b)  Stock dividends or the equivalent due-bills shall be
               attached to the Underlying Security when and if this
               Option is exercised, and the total Strike Price and
               Expiration Price shall not be reduced.

     3.   EXERCISE.  Upon presentation of this Option to the Optionor
 hereof, attached to a notice of exercise of this Option, the Optionor
 agrees to accept notice of the Bearer's exercise by stamping or signing
 the notice, and this acknowledgment shall constitute a contract and
 shall be controlling with respect to the acceptance and delivery of the
 Underlying Security and settlement.

     4.   SUSPENSION OF TRADING.  Except as provided herein, this Option
 may not be exercised when trading in the Underlying Security has been
 suspended by governmental authorities or by the exchange where the
 Underlying Security is listed, and a suspension shall not extend the
 date on which this Option terminates or the dates on which Expiration
 Prices become applicable.


                                                           Exhibit 10.06
                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                            MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 31, 1996
 by and between PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, a corporation organized and
 existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal
 place of business at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin
 53022 (the "Company") and MGS ENTERPRISES INC., a corporation organized
 and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin having its
 principal place of business at W188 N11707 Maple Road, Germantown,
 Wisconsin 53022 (the "Manager").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of manufacturing plastic
 molded parts; and,

     WHEREAS, the Manager has been and will be engaged in the
 performance of sales and marketing, consulting and reference work for
 the benefit of Company, for which the Company has agreed to pay the
 Manager a Management Fee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
 covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   THE SERVICES

     The Manager agrees to provide sales and marketing, consulting and
 reference services for the Company throughout the terms of this
 Agreement.  The Company recognizes that the volume of its plastic
 molding manufacturing business, and the price level for such business,
 will be due partly to the services of the Manager and the Manager's
 standing in the plastics industry.

     2.   MANAGEMENT FEES

     a.   Company shall pay the Manager a Management Fee equal to one
 percent (1%) of the total net sales of the Company throughout the term
 of this Management Agreement. Such fees shall be paid, or accrued, at
 least annually throughout the term of this Agreement. In the event that
 the fees are accrued, final payment of all accrued fees shall be due
 and payable on the last day of the term of this Agreement.

     b.   The Company shall be invoiced annually for the Management Fee
 payable for the previous year.

     c.   Upon termination of this Agreement, the Manager expressly
 understands and agrees that Company's sole obligation shall be to pay
 the Manager for Fees payable as of the date of termination.
<PAGE>
     3.   DUTY TO REPORT INCOME

     The Manager acknowledges and agrees that it is an independent
 contractor and not an employee of the Company and that it is Manager's
 sole obligation to report as income all compensation received from
 Company pursuant to this Agreement.  The Manager further agrees that
 the Company shall not be obligated to pay withholding taxes or similar
 items, in connection with any payments made to the Manager pursuant to
 the terms of this Agreement.

     4.   TERM

     This Agreement shall be effective beginning as of January 1, 1997
 and shall continue until December 31, 2001; provided, however, that
 this Agreement shall expire earlier than December 31, 2001 if and when
 the aggregate of all Management Fees payable under this Agreement equal
 $240,000.00.

     5.   NOTICES

     All notices and billings shall be in writing and sent via first
 class mail to the Company and the Manager at their respective addresses
 set forth at the beginning of this Agreement, or to such other address
 as either party shall notify the other party by notice given hereunder.

     6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

     a.   The Manager shall not assign this Agreement or delegate its
 duties hereunder and shall not subcontract any of the services to be
 performed hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

     b.   The Manager shall perform the services described herein as an
 independent contractor and shall not be considered an employee, partner,
 or joint venturer of the Company or otherwise related to the Company for
 any purpose.

     c.   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
 Wisconsin.

     d.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between
 the Manager and the Company respecting the services described herein.

     e.   The failure of either party to exercise its rights under this
 Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such rights or a waiver
 of any subsequent breach.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
 Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                   Plastics Mfg. Company (the "Company")


                                   By: MARK G. SELLERS
                                       Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   MGS Enterprises Inc.
<PAGE>
                                   By: SCOTT W. SCAMPINI
                                       Scott W. Scampini, President

               MODIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS MODIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT IS DATED THE 30TH DAY OF
 SEPTEMBER, 1999 BETWEEN PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY ("PMC") AND MGS
 ENTERPRISES, INC. ("MGS").

     ON DECEMBER 31, 1996, A MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT WAS ENTERED INTO
 BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     THE PARTIES HERETO NOW AGREE TO A MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL
 AGREEMENT, ON THE FOLLOWING TERMS:

     ALL AMOUNTS EARNED BY MGS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,
 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 UNDER THE "MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" BETWEEN
 THE PARTIES WILL BE CREDITED AGAINST THE AMOUNT OWING FOR MGS' STOCK
 SUBSCRIPTION UNDER THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31, 1996.

     AMOUNT TO BE CREDITED TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31,
     1996 BETWEEN THE PARTIES IS:

     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING 9-30-98      $8,500.64

     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING 9-30-99     $78,570.79

     TOTAL:                             $87,071.43

 SIGNED AT GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN THIS 30TH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, 1999.

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY        MGS ENTERPRISES, INC.



 BY:  MARK G. SELLERS         By:  SCOTT W. SCAMPINI



                             PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                       EXTENSION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS EXTENSION AGREEMENT, entered into as of October 1, 1999, by
 and between PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
 under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal place of
 business at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin 53022
 (the "Company") and MGS ENTERPRISES INC., a corporation organized and
 existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal
 place of business at W188 N11707 Maple Road, Germantown, Wisconsin
 53022 (the "Manager").

                         W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of manufacturing plastic
 molded parts, and
<PAGE>
     WHEREAS, under a Management Agreement effective December 31, 1996,
 the Manager has been engaged in the performance of sales and marketing,
 consulting and reference work for the benefit of the Company, for which
 the Company has agreed to pay the Manager a Management Fee in
 accordance with the above Management Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Manager desire to extend and modify
 the above Management Agreement upon the terms set forth below,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual
 covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.    That paragraph 4 of the Management Agreement is amended to
           extend the term of the Agreement for an additional 5-year
           term or until December 31, 2006.  Further, the provision
           providing for an earlier termination based upon aggregate
           Management Fees payable under the Management Agreement is
           deleted in its entirety.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Extension
 Agreement effective as of October 1, 1999.

                                   PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the "Company")



                                   BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                         Mark G. Sellers, President

                                   MGS ENTERPRISES INC. (the "Manager")



                                   BY:   SCOTT W. SCAMPINI
                                         Scott W. Scampini, President


                                                           Exhibit 10.07
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                       MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 31, 1996
 by and between PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, a corporation organized and
 existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal
 place of business at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin
 53022 (the "Company") and MOLDMAKERS MANAGEMENT, INC., a corporation
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin having
 its principal place of business at W188 N11707 Maple Road, Germantown,
 Wisconsin 53022 (the "Manager").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of manufacturing plastic
 molded parts; and,

     WHEREAS, the Manager has been and will be engaged in the
 performance of sales and marketing, consulting and reference work for
 the benefit of Company, for which the Company has agreed to pay the
 Manager a Management Fee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
 covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   THE SERVICES

     The Manager agrees to provide sales and marketing, consulting and
 reference services for the Company throughout the terms of this
 Agreement.  The Company recognizes that the volume of its plastic
 molding manufacturing business, and the price level for such business,
 will be due partly to the services of the Manager and the Manager's
 standing in the plastics industry.

     2.   MANAGEMENT FEES

     a.   Company shall pay the Manager a Management Fee equal to one
 percent (1%) of the total net sales of the Company throughout the term
 of this Management Agreement. Such fees shall be paid, or accrued, at
 least annually throughout the term of this Agreement. In the event that
 the fees are accrued, final payment of all accrued fees shall be due
 and payable on the last day of the term of this Agreement.

     b.   The Company shall be invoiced annually for the Management Fee
 payable for the previous year.

     c.   Upon termination of this Agreement, the Manager expressly
 understands and agrees that Company's sole obligation shall be to pay
 the Manager for Fees payable as of the date of termination.
<PAGE>
     3.   DUTY TO REPORT INCOME

     The Manager acknowledges and agrees that it is an independent
 contractor and not an employee of the Company and that it is Manager's
 sole obligation to report as income all compensation received from
 Company pursuant to this Agreement.  The Manager further agrees that
 the Company shall not be obligated to pay withholding taxes or similar
 items, in connection with any payments made to the Manager pursuant to
 the terms of this Agreement.

     4.   TERM

     This Agreement shall be effective beginning as of January 1, 1997
 and shall continue until December 31, 2001; provided, however, that
 this Agreement shall expire earlier than December 31, 2001 if and when
 the aggregate of all Management Fees payable under this Agreement equal
 $240,000.00.

     5.   NOTICES

     All notices and billings shall be in writing and sent via first
 class mail to the Company and the Manager at their respective addresses
 set forth at the beginning of this Agreement, or to such other address
 as either party shall notify the other party by notice given hereunder.

     6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

     a.   The Manager shall not assign this Agreement or delegate its
 duties hereunder and shall not subcontract any of the services to be
 performed hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

     b.   The Manager shall perform the services described herein as an
 independent contractor and shall not be considered an employee,
 partner, or joint venturer of the Company or otherwise related to the
 Company for any purpose.

     c.   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
 Wisconsin.

     d.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between
 the Manager and the Company respecting the services described herein.

     e.   The failure of either party to exercise its rights under this
 Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such rights or a waiver
 of any subsequent breach.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
 Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                   Plastics Mfg. Company (the "Company")



                                   By:
                                                       President
<PAGE>
                                   Moldmakers Management, Inc.



                                   By:
                                                       President

               MODIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS MODIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT IS DATED THE 30TH DAY OF
 SEPTEMBER, 1999 BETWEEN PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY ("PMC") AND MOLDMAKERS
 MANAGEMENT, INC. ("MOLDMAKERS").

     ON DECEMBER 31, 1996, A MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT WAS ENTERED INTO
 BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     THE PARTIES HERETO NOW AGREE TO A MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL
 AGREEMENT, ON THE FOLLOWING TERMS:

     ALL AMOUNTS EARNED BY MOLDMAKERS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDING
 SEPTEMBER 30, 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 UNDER THE "MANAGEMENT
 AGREEMENT" BETWEEN THE PARTIES WILL BE CREDITED AGAINST THE AMOUNT
 OWING FOR MOLDMAKERS' STOCK SUBSCRIPTION UNDER THE SUBSCRIPTION
 AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31, 1996.

     AMOUNT TO BE CREDITED TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31,
     1996 BETWEEN THE PARTIES IS:

     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING 9-30-98      $8,500.64

     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING 9-30-99     $78,570.79

     TOTAL:                             $87,071.43

 SIGNED AT GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN THIS 30TH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, 1999.

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY                MOLDMAKERS MANAGEMENT, INC.



 BY: MARK G. SELLERS                  By:  MARK G. SELLERS



                             PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                       EXTENSION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS EXTENSION AGREEMENT, entered into as of October 1, 1999, by
 and between PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
 under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal place of
 business at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin 53022 (the
 "Company") and MOLDMAKERS MANAGEMENT, INC., a corporation organized and
 existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal
<PAGE>
 place of business at W188 N11707 Maple Road, Germantown, Wisconsin
 53022 (the Manager ").

                         W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of manufacturing plastic
 molded parts; and

     WHEREAS, under a Management Agreement effective December 31, 1996,
 the Manager has been engaged in the performance of sales and marketing,
 consulting and reference work for the benefit of the Company, for which
 the Company has agreed to pay the Manager a Management Fee in
 accordance with the above Management Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Manager desire to extend and modify
 the above Management Agreement upon the terms set forth below,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual
 covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.    That paragraph 4 of the Management Agreement is amended to
           extend the term of the Agreement for an additional 5-year
           term or until December 31, 2006.  Further, the provision
           providing for an earlier termination based upon aggregate
           Management Fees payable under the Management Agreement is
           deleted in its entirety.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Extension
 Agreement effective as of October 1, 1999.

                                 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the "Company")



                                 BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                       Mark G. Sellers, President

                                 MOLDMAKERS MANAGEMENT, INC. (the
                                  "Manager")



                                 BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                       Mark G. Sellers, President


                                                           Exhibit 10.08
                           PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                            MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 31, 1996 by
 and between PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
 under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal place of
 business at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin 53022 (the
 "Company") and STATISTICAL PLASTICS CORPORATION, a corporation organized
 and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin having its
 principal place of business at W188 N11707 Maple Road, Germantown,
 Wisconsin 53022 (the "Manager").

                       W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of manufacturing plastic
 molded parts; and,

     WHEREAS, the Manager has been and will be engaged in the
 performance of sales and marketing, consulting and reference work for
 the benefit of Company, for which the Company has agreed to pay the
 Manager a Management Fee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
 covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   THE SERVICES

     The Manager agrees to provide sales and marketing, consulting and
 reference services for the Company throughout the terms of this
 Agreement.  The Company recognizes that the volume of its plastic
 molding manufacturing business, and the price level for such business,
 will be due partly to the services of the Manager and the Manager's
 standing in the plastics industry.

     2.   MANAGEMENT FEES

     a.   Company shall pay the Manager a Management Fee equal to three
 percent  (3%) of the total net sales of the Company throughout the term
 of this Management Agreement.  Such fees shall be paid, or accrued, at
 least annually throughout the term of this Agreement.  In the event
 that the fees are accrued, final payment of all accrued fees shall be
 due and payable on the last day of the term of this Agreement.

     b.   The Company shall be invoiced annually for the Management Fee
 payable for the previous year.

     c.   Upon termination of this Agreement, the Manager expressly
 understands and agrees that Company's sole obligation shall be to pay
 the Manager for Fees payable as of the date of termination.
<PAGE>
     3.   DUTY TO REPORT INCOME

     The Manager acknowledges and agrees that it is an independent
 contractor and not an employee of the Company and that it is Manager's
 sole obligation to report as income all compensation received from
 Company pursuant to this Agreement.  The Manager further agrees that
 the Company shall not be obligated to pay withholding taxes or similar
 items, in connection with any payments made to the Manager pursuant to
 the terms of this Agreement.

     4.   TERM

     This Agreement shall be effective beginning as of January 1, 1997
 and shall continue until December 31, 2001; provided, however, that
 this Agreement shall expire earlier than December 31, 2001 if and when
 the aggregate of all Management Fees payable under this Agreement equal
 $720,000.00.

     5.   NOTICES

     All notices and billings shall be in writing and sent via first
 class mail to the Company and the Manager at their respective addresses
 set forth at the beginning of this Agreement, or to such other address
 as either party shall notify the other party by notice given hereunder.

     6.   GENERAL PROVISIONS

     a.   The Manager shall not assign this Agreement or delegate its
 duties hereunder and shall not subcontract any of the services to be
 performed hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company.

     b.   The Manager shall perform the services described herein as an
 independent contractor and shall not be considered an employee,
 partner, or joint venturer of the Company or otherwise related to the
 Company for any purpose.

     c.   This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
 Wisconsin.

     d.   This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding between
 the Manager and the Company respecting the services described herein.

     e.   The failure of either party to exercise its rights under this
 Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such rights or a waiver
 of any subsequent breach.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this
 Agreement as of the date first above written.

                               Plastics Mfg. Company (the "Company")



                               By:  MARK G. SELLERS
                                    Mark G. Sellers, President

<PAGE>
                               Statistical Plastics Corporation



                               By:  MARK G. SELLERS
                                    Mark G. Sellers, President



               MODIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS MODIFICATION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT IS DATED THE 30TH DAY OF
 SEPTEMBER, 1999 BETWEEN PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY ("PMC") AND STATISTICAL
 PLASTICS CORPORATION ("SPC").

     ON DECEMBER 31, 1996, A MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT WAS ENTERED INTO
 BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

     THE PARTIES HERETO NOW AGREE TO A MODIFICATION OF THE ORIGINAL
 AGREEMENT, ON THE FOLLOWING TERMS:

     ALL AMOUNTS EARNED BY SPC FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDING SEPTEMBER 30,
 1998 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 1999 UNDER THE "MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT" BETWEEN
 THE PARTIES WILL BE CREDITED AGAINST THE AMOUNT OWING FOR SPC'S STOCK
 SUBSCRIPTION UNDER THE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31, 1996.

     AMOUNT TO BE CREDITED TO SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT DATED DECEMBER 31,
     1996 BETWEEN THE PARTIES IS:

     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING 9-30-98     $25,501.94

     FOR FISCAL YEAR ENDING 9-30-99    $235,712.38

     TOTAL:                            $261,214.32

 SIGNED AT GERMANTOWN, WISCONSIN THIS 30TH DAY OF SEPTEMBER, 1999.

 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY        STATISTICAL PLASTICS CORPORATION



 BY:                          By:



                             PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                       EXTENSION OF MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT


     THIS EXTENSION AGREEMENT, entered into as of October 1, 1999, by
 and between PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY, a corporation organized and existing
 under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having its principal place of
 business at W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way, Germantown, Wisconsin 53022
 (the "Company") and STATISTICAL PLASTICS CORPORATION, a corporation
<PAGE>
 organized and existing under the laws of the State of Wisconsin, having
 its principal place of business at W188 N11707 Maple Road, Germantown,
 Wisconsin 53022 (the "Manager").

                         W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Company is in the business of manufacturing plastic
 molded parts; and

     WHEREAS, under a Management Agreement effective December 31, 1996,
 the Manager has been engaged in the performance of sales and marketing,
 consulting and reference work for the benefit of the Company, for which
 the Company has agreed to pay the Manager a Management Fee in
 accordance with the above Management Agreement; and

     WHEREAS, the Company and the Manager desire to extend and modify
 the above Management Agreement upon the terms set forth below,

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and mutual
 covenants hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.    That paragraph 4 of the Management Agreement is amended to
           extend the term of the Agreement for an additional 5-year
           term or until December 31, 2006.  Further, the provision
           providing for an earlier termination based upon aggregate
           Management Fees payable under the Management Agreement is
           deleted in its entirety.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Extension
 Agreement effective as of October 1, 1999.

                                 PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY (the "Company")



                                 BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                       Mark G. Sellers, President

                                 STATISTICAL PLASTICS CORPORATION (the
                                      "Manager")



                                 BY:   MARK G. SELLERS
                                       Mark G. Sellers, President

                                                    Exhibit 10.09

                 MASTER EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT


     THIS MASTER EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT, is made as of the 29th day
 of November, 1999, by and between Moldmakers Leasing & Investments
 Limited Partnership, LLP, (hereinafter referred to as "Lessor"), and
 TecStar Mfg. Company (hereinafter referred to as "Lessee").

                            WITNESSETH:

     For and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises
 hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. LEASE.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases
 from Lessor, certain equipment under the numbered lease agreements
 described in Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and incorporated
 herein by reference.

     2.   TERM.  The lease of each item of equipment set forth on
 Exhibit A is on a month-to-month basis.

     3.   RENT.  The  monthly rent for each item of equipment shall be
 the amount designated in Exhibit A.

     4.   ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  This Master Equipment Lease
 Agreement incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the
 form of Lease Agreement that is attached as Exhibit B.  Any lease of
 equipment by Lessee from Lessor shall be subject to the terms and
 conditions of Exhibit B.

     5.   EXECUTION OF EXHIBITS.  In connection with the lease of the
 equipment referenced in this Master Equipment Lease Agreement, both
 Lessor and Lessee have executed completed forms of Exhibit B.  The
 parties agree that, if and when additional equipment is leased from
 Lessor by Lessee, additional forms of Exhibit B shall be executed by
 the parties.  In addition, in the event of any leases of additional
 equipment from Lessor by Lessee, the parties shall add references to
 such equipment to Exhibit A.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Master
 Equipment Lease Agreement as of the date first above written.

 MOLDMAKERS LEASING & INVESTMENTS       TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY
 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, LLP               ("Lessee")
 ("Lessor")


 By: MARK G. SELLERS                      By:BRUCE SCHNEIDER

   As its: Partner                        As its:VP-Finance
<PAGE>
                             EXHIBIT A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 LEASE NUMBER                    LESSEE                                     MONTHLY LEASE
 (EXECUTED EX. B)                                                             Pymt. Amt.
 <S>                           <C>                                    <C>
     2559010-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                   $             370.02
     2559020-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                   $           1,877.20
     2770000-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                   $           3,512.75
     2790000-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                   $           1,126.70
     2791000-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                   $           2,389.02
</TABLE>

 The term of each lease of equipment referenced above is month-to-month.

                             EXHIBIT B

                                Lease Number:__________________

                          LEASE AGREEMENT

 This Lease Agreement is entered into on the date shown on the COVER
 SHEET hereof by and between the lessor and the lessee as therein
 identified, for the equipment described on the COVER SHEET of this
 lease.

 1.     LEASE.     Lessor hereby leases to the lessee the "equipment"
        for the number of months and for the lease payments as set forth
        on the SCHEDULE OF VARIABLE LEASE TERMS  ("Schedule") attached
        hereto and incorporated herein by reference In the terms and
        conditions stated in this lease.  Lessee agrees that if there is
        any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this lease
        and any of the lessee's requirements or other terms of its
        written purchase orders, the terms of this lease shall govern.
        The lease payments shall commence when the lessee has received
        the equipment, and shall continue thereafter to be paid on the
        same day of each succeeding month in the amount specified and
        for the total number of payments as provided in the Schedule of
        Variable Lease Terms as set forth above.  All lease payments by
        lessee shall be payable at the office of lessor or at such other
        place as lessor may from time-to-time designate in writing.
        Lessee hereby acknowledges that all sums advanced at the
        execution of this lease shall be fully earned by lessor upon
        receipt, and that all such sums shall be nonrefundable and shall
        be and remain the sole property of lessor without exception,
        except the Security Deposit as hereafter set forth.

 2.     LESSEE'S WAIVER OF DAMAGES AND WARRANTIES FROM LESSOR.  Lessee
        leases the equipment from lessor "as is."  Lessor makes
        absolutely no warranties, express or implied, including any
        warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
        Lessee shall, and hereby does, hold lessor harmless from and
        against any damage or injury to persons or property caused by
        the equipment, and lessee agrees to be responsible for any such
        loss.  No representation or warranty by the supplier or
<PAGE>
        salesperson is binding upon lessor, nor shall breach of such
        warranty relieve lessee of lessee's obligation to lessor.  In
        no event shall lessor be liable to lessee for any special,
        indirect or consequential damages, including lost profits, lost
        business opportunities, or any other damages of such kind or
        description.  Lessee acknowledges that lessor is not in the
        business of manufacturing or supplying the leased equipment,
        that it has made no investigation as to the appropriateness of
        the equipment for the purposes to which lessee intends to put
        the equipment, and therefore lessee fully accepts the terms and
        conditions of this paragraph limiting the liability of the
        lessor to the delivery of the equipment and in return, lessee
        promises to make the lease payments specified in paragraph one
        (1) hereof.

 3.     DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE.  Lessee agrees to accept such delivery
        of the equipment and upon installation thereof to execute and
        deliver to lessor the DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE RECEIPT submitted
        by lessor.  Lessee further agrees that the validity of this
        lease shall not be affected by any delay in the shipment of the
        equipment by the supplier.  In the event that the lessee has not
        executed and delivered to lessor the submitted delivery and
        acceptance receipt upon installation of the equipment, then it
        shall be conclusively presumed, as between lessor and lessee,
        that the equipment is in good working order and condition and
        that the lessee has accepted and is satisfied that the equipment
        constitutes the equipment specified in this lease,
        notwithstanding the fact that such goods may be otherwise
        nonconforming.  By execution hereof, the lessee certifies that
        he has read this lease including all portions hereof, and all
        schedules attached hereto, and that he is authorized to execute
        this lease on behalf of the lessee, and hereby acknowledges
        receipt of this lease.  LESSEE REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT THIS
        IS A COMMERCIAL AND BUSINESS TRANSACTION AND NOT A CONSUMER
        TRANSACTION.

 4.     USE.  Lessee shall use the equipment in the conduct of its
        business and in a careful and proper manner.  Lessee shall not
        alter or change the equipment without the prior written consent
        of the lessor, and all equipment, accessories, parts and
        replacements for or which are added to and become part of the
        equipment shall immediately become the property of the lessor
        and shall be deemed incorporated in the equipment and subject to
        the terms and conditions of this lease as if originally leased
        hereunder.

 5.     LOCATION.  The equipment shall be located at the address of
        lessee shown on the Schedule and shall not be moved from said
        location without the prior written consent of lessor.

 6.     LOSS AND DAMAGE.  Upon shipment of equipment to lessee, the
        lessee hereby assumes and shall bear the entire risk of loss and
        damage to the equipment from any and every cause whatsoever.

 7.     INSURANCE.  Lessee shall keep the leased equipment insured
        against loss by fire, theft and all other hazards
<PAGE>
        ("comprehensive coverage") by insurers and in form, amount and
        coverage satisfactory to lessor, but in no event less than the
        original cost of the leased equipment or such other amount as
        lessor shall approve in writing.  Lessor shall be named as an
        additional insured and loss payee on any such insurance policy
        or policies, and lessee agrees to provide a certificate of
        insurance to lessor showing the lessor as such loss payee as its
        interest may appear.  Said policies shall provide that all
        losses shall be payable solely to the lessor.  Said policy shall
        also provide that no act or omission of lessee or any of its
        officers, agents, employees or representatives shall affect
        the obligation of the insurer to pay the full amount of any
        loss, and no such policy shall be canceled or materially
        altered, except upon not less than thirty (30) days prior
        written notice to the lessor. In the event of any loss,
        destruction, theft or damage to any of the leased equipment,
        lessee shall immediately notify lessor in writing, and
        any such loss, destruction, theft or damage shall not
        relieve the lessee from its obligation to pay the full lease
        payments hereunder.  Lessee shall promptly make claim for
        applicable insurance and comply in all respects with the claims
        policies and procedures as set forth in the policies to be
        issued as specified above.  Any sums collected from insurance
        for the total loss of any leased equipment shall be first
        credited to the payment of the residual value of the leased
        equipment as determined by the lessor, and then to the unpaid
        installments of rent payable hereunder.  If any of the leased
        equipment is partially damaged, the lessee shall repair such
        damage at its own cost and expense, and any sums collected from
        insurance on account of such damage shall be applied to the cost
        thereof.  Provided, however, on default of the lessee in
        repairing such damage within thirty (30) days of the occurrence
        thereof, the sums collected therefor shall be applied to the
        last maturing installments of rent payable hereunder or to the
        repair of the leased equipment, at the option of the lessor.
        Lessee shall insure the lessor and lessee with respect to
        liability for personal injuries, death, damage to or use of the
        property resulting from the ownership, use and operation of the
        leased equipment, with insurer satisfactory to the lessor in the
        amount of at least One Hundred Thousand ($100,000.00) Dollars
        and Three Hundred Thousand ($300,000.00) Dollars for personal
        injuries, and Fifty Thousand ($50,000.00) Dollars for property
        damages, or such greater amount as lessor shall reasonably
        require.  If lessee shall default in obtaining any insurance so
        to be provided, the lessor may place such insurance at its
        options, pay the premiums and charge the same as additional rent
        to the lessee, which shall be payable upon demand with interest
        at eighteen (18%) percent, or the highest legal rate from the
        date lessor makes any such payment.  Notwithstanding the
        provisions of this paragraph, lessee will, and hereby does, hold
        lessor harmless from and against any such claim or liability
        (including attorneys fees and costs and expenses for the defense
        thereof) arising out of the ownership, use or operation of the
        leased equipment during the period of this lease and until the
        leased equipment is returned to and accepted by the lessor.
<PAGE>
 8.     TAXES, ASSESSMENT AND FEES  Lessee agrees to pay all licensing,
        filing and registration fees and to keep the equipment free from
        liens and encumbrances.  Lessee agrees to pay lessor for all
        personal property taxes assessed against the equipment, to pay
        all other taxes, assessments, fees and penalties which may be
        levied or assessed in respect to the equipment, including sales
        tax levied on the rental payments, its use or any interest
        therein, or any lease payments including, but not limited to,
        all federal, state and local taxes however designated or levied,
        whether upon lessee or lessor or the equipment, or upon the
        sale, ownership, use or operation, excepting any income taxes
        levied on the payments to the lessor.  Lessee authorizes lessor
        to file at lessor's option financing statements without the
        signature of the lessee, and if a signature is required by
        law, lessee appoints lessor as lessee's attorney in fact to
        execute such financing statements on its behalf.  Lessee agrees
        to pay a fee of Twenty-Five ($25.00) Dollars to reimburse
        lessor's expenses for preparing such financing statements and
        for making such credit checks and analysis of lessee and
        guarantor's financial status as the lessor deems prudent.
        Lessee agrees to reimburse lessor for reasonable costs incurred
        in collecting taxes, assessments or fees for which lessee is
        liable and any collection charges attributable thereto,
        including attorneys fees, costs and expenses.

 9.     TITLE/RECORDING.  Title of the equipment shall, at all times,
        remain in the lessor.  Lessee agrees to keep the equipment free
        and clear from all levies, attachments, liens, encumbrances and
        charges or other judicial process of every kind whatsoever.
        Lessee agrees to save lessor harmless and indemnify lessor from
        any loss or damage caused thereby.  Lessee authorizes lessor for
        and in lessee's name to execute and file financing statements
        for the equipment as set forth in paragraph number eight (8).

 10.    DEFAULT.  In the event that the lessee shall default in payment
        when due of any lease payment, additional lease payment, or any
        other sums or charges due hereunder, for a period of five (5)
        consecutive days after the said amounts are due, or in the event
        of any other default or breach of the other terms and conditions
        of this lease, or any other lease agreement executed
        contemporaneously herewith or which incorporates this agreement
        by reference, or if any execution or other process shall be
        issued in connection with the equipment, or if the lessee
        becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of
        creditors, or a receiver, trustee or liquidator of the lessee's
        business or a substantial part of its assets is appointed with
        or without the consent of the lessee, or if a petition is filed
        against the lessee or by the lessee under the Bankruptcy Code or
        any amendments thereto, or any similar state insolvency law or
        laws providing relief for debtors, or if the financial
        conditions of the lessee's business affairs shall so change as
        to, in lessor's opinion, impair lessor's equipment or increase
        the credit risk involved, then, and upon the happening of any of
        these events, lessor shall have the right to do one or more of
        the following:Declare this lease in default upon written notice
        to lessee whereupon the entire amount of the lease payments
<PAGE>
        remaining to be paid pursuant to this agreement shall be
        immediately due and payable; and Proceed to appropriate court
        action or actions at law or in equity or in bankruptcy to
        enforce performance by lessee of the covenants and terms and
        conditions of this Lease Agreement and/or to recover damages for
        the breach thereof; and Terminate this lease upon written notice
        to lessee; and Whether or not this lease be so terminated,
        and without notice to lessee, repossess the equipment wherever
        found, with or without legal process, and for this purpose
        lessor and/or its agents may enter upon any premise of or under
        control or jurisdiction of the lessee or any agent of the lessee
        without liability for suit, action or other proceeding by lessee
        (any damages occasioned by such repossession being hereby
        expressly waived by lessee) and remove the equipment thereon.

        Notwithstanding the fact that any or all of the equipment is
        returned to or repossessed by the lessor as aforesaid, the
        lessee shall remain liable for and the lessor may forthwith
        recover from lessee as liquidated damages for breach thereof
        under this lease and not as a penalty, in addition to the entire
        amount of the unpaid lease payments pursuant to said
        subparagraph "A" above, all other unpaid sums or charges that
        accrued prior to the date of the lessee's default, together will
        all costs and expenses incurred by the lessor as set forth
        herein.  If the lessee fails to redeliver any equipment to the
        lessor or the lessor is unable, for any reason, to effect
        repossession of the equipment, or if the lessor does not
        repossess any of the equipment at its option, then with respect
        to such equipment, the lessee shall be liable for, and lessor
        may forthwith recover from the lessee, as liquidated damages,
        and not as a penalty, in addition to the entire amount of unpaid
        lease payments pursuant to subparagraph "A" above, the sum of
        twenty (20%) percent of the actual cost to lessor of such
        equipment, plus all other unpaid sums or charges that accrued
        prior to the date of the default by lessee, together with all
        costs and expenses incurred by lessor as set forth in this
        agreement.

        Lessor may also recover all costs and expenses including,
        without limitation, reasonable attorney fees incurred by the
        lessor in enforcing its rights under this agreement.

        Lessor may apply advance lease payments received against the
        lessee's obligations under this lease.

        Any repossession, resale or release of any equipment by lessor
        shall not be a bar to the institution of litigation by lessor
        against lessee for damages for breach of this lease, and the
        commencement of any litigation or the entry of any judgment
        against lessee shall not be a bar to the lessor's right to
        repossess the equipment.

        With respect to any equipment returned to the lessor or
        repossessed by lessor pursuant to this agreement, the lessor
        may hold or use such equipment for any purpose whatsoever, or
        may sell the same at private or public sale, for cash or credit,
<PAGE>
        or may release the same for such terms as shall be solely
        determined by lessor.  In the event of the sale or releasing
        by lessor of any such equipment, lessee shall be liable for, and
        lessor may forthwith recover from lessee, as liquidated damages
        for breach of this lease, and not as a penalty, in addition to
        the entire amount of the unpaid lease payments pursuant to
        subparagraph "A" above, the sum of twenty (20%) percent of the
        actual cost to the lessor of such equipment, plus all other
        unpaid sums or charges that accrued prior to the date of
        the lessee's default, plus the proceeds of any sale or releasing
        of such equipment, after first deducting therefrom all costs and
        expenses incurred in repossession, storage, repairs,
        reconditioning, sale, releasing, attorney fees, and collection
        fees with respect to the equipment.

        To the extent permitted by law, the lessee hereby waives any
        rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise which
        may require the lessor to sell, lease or otherwise use any
        equipment in mitigation of lessee's damages as set forth in
        this paragraph numbered ten (10), or which may otherwise limit
        or modify any of the lessor's rights or remedies under this
        paragraph numbered ten (10).

 11.    CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  Each and all of the remedies provided
        hereunder to the lessor are cumulative and may, to the extent
        permitted by law, be exercised concurrently or separately, and
        the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the lessor
        from exercising any other remedy and shall not be deemed to be
        an election of remedies.  No failure on the part of the lessor to
        exercise, and no delay in exercising any right or remedy
        hereunder shall be deemed a waiver thereof, nor shall any single
        or partial exercise by lessor of any right or remedy hereunder
        preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise
        of any other right or remedy.  Damages occasioned by lessor's
        repossession of the equipment are hereby waived by lessee.
        Lessee waives any right of venue and agrees that all legal,
        equitable or other proceedings between the parties can be
        brought in a court of competent jurisdiction at the election and
        determination of the lessor and lessee consents thereto.

 12.    RETURN OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR PURCHASE OPTION.  On termination or
        expiration of this lease, or upon the lessee's default, lessee
        shall at its own cost and expense return the equipment to the
        lessor at an address specified by the lessor in the same
        condition as received, reasonable wear and tear and normal
        depreciation excepted.  The lessee shall, in addition to all
        other payments due under this lease to the lessor, pay to lessor
        such sums as may be necessary to cover replacement for all
        damaged, broken or missing parts of the equipment.

        In lieu of returning the equipment as set forth above, in the
        event the lessee has made all payments and has otherwise
        fulfilled all of its obligations pursuant to the lease, it may
        purchase the equipment for the then-current fair market value,
        as determined and agreed to by the parties.  Upon delivering the
        agreed-upon sum, and upon the satisfaction by the lessee of all
<PAGE>
        of its obligations pursuant to this agreement, then the lessor
        shall deliver a Bill of Sale transferring title to the lessee
        and the lessor shall further release any and all security
        interests it has filed or other liens of record that it has
        filed on the equipment.

        Insofar as this is, or may be deemed to be, an installment
        purchase agreement rather than a lease, the lessee agrees to
        execute a chattel security agreement and financing statement
        securing the interest of the lessor in the equipment.

 13.    RENEWAL.  In the event lessee fails to return the equipment to
        the lessor upon expiration or termination of the lease, the
        lessor is entitled to charge, and lessee shall continue to pay,
        rent to the lessor at the same rate provided herein, as a
        month-to-month lease until the equipment is returned by the
        lessor.  This Lease shall be renewable upon agreement
        of the parties.

 14.    ASSIGNMENT.  This lease may not be assigned, nor may any of the
        leased equipment be subleased by the lessee without the prior
        written consent of the lessor.  Lessor may, at its option,
        assign to any bank or other financial institution, all or part
        of any of its right, title or interest in and to the lease and
        to each item of equipment and monies to become due hereunder;
        and, lessor may grant security interests in the equipment,
        subject to the lessee's right therein as set forth in this
        lease, and in such events, all provisions of this lease for the
        benefit of the lessor shall inure to the benefit of and be
        exercisable by or on behalf of any such assignee, but the
        assignee, subject to the option of the lessor, may or may not
        be liable for or be required to perform any of the lessor's
        obligations to the lessee.  The lessor may direct that all
        rental payments due and to become due under this lease and
        assigned by lessor shall be paid directly to any such assignee,
        upon notice of such assignment to lessee, and assignee may
        exercise any of lessor's rights hereunder and shall not be
        subject to any defense, counterclaim or setoff which the
        lessee may have or assert against the lessor, and the lessor
        hereby agrees that it will not assert any such defenses,
        setoffs, counterclaims and claims against the assignee.  The
        original lease may be used as chattel paper.

 15.    CONFLICTS. If any provision herein is in conflict with statute
        or rule of law of any state or territory wherein it may be
        sought to be enforced, then that provision shall be deemed null
        and void to the extent that it may conflict therewith, but the
        balance of any such provision, and the balance of the lease
        shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.  For
        the sole purpose of resolving any problem with respect to
        conflict of laws, it is agreed that questions of filing or
        recording shall be determined by the law of the place where the
        equipment is located.  In all other respects, this lease shall
        be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.
<PAGE>
 16.    NOTICE.  All notices relating hereto shall be in writing and
        delivered to an officer of the party to which such notice is
        being given or mailed by certified mail,  return receipt
        requested, to such party at the address specified in this
        lease, or at such other address as may thereafter be specified
        by like notice by either party to the other.

 17.    INSPECTION.  Lessor may, for the purpose of inspection, at all
        reasonable times, enter upon any job, building or place where
        the equipment is located and may remove the equipment forthwith
        without notice to lessee if the equipment is, in the opinion of
        the lessor, being used beyond its capacity or in any manner
        improperly cared for, abused or misused.

 18.    INDEMNITY.  Lessee shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and
        save lessor, its successors and assigns, harmless from any and
        all liability, damages, or loss, including reasonable attorney
        fees, arising out of the ownership, selection, possession,
        leasing, renting, operation, control, use condition (including
        but not limited to latent and other defects, whether or not
        discoverable by lessee), maintenance, delivery and return
        of the equipment, or in the event that the lessee shall be in
        default hereunder, arising out of the condition of any item of
        equipment sold or disposed or after use by the lessee.  The
        indemnities and obligations provided in this paragraph shall
        continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the
        termination of this lease.

 19.    SECURITY DEPOSIT.  Contemporaneous with the execution of this
        lease, the lessee has delivered to the lessor the deposit
        payment as listed on the Schedule.  Said amount shall be held
        as a deposit against obligations due the lessor from the lessee
        and may, upon written notice to the lessee, be applied by the
        lessor to any obligations due the lessor from the lessee
        pursuant to the terms of this agreement.  The deposit may not
        be used by the lessee for payments and the same shall be
        returned by the lessor to the lessee upon the due completion by
        the lessee of all the terms and conditions of this lease.

 20.    AUTOMATIC RENEWAL.  This Lease is for the number of months set
        forth on the Schedule of Variable Lease Terms on the face
        hereof.  Unless one party gives the other at least thirty (30)
        days notice prior to the end of such term (or any renewal
        thereof), then this Lease shall be renewed for another like
        period of time which shall again be subject to this same
        automatic renewal unless one party gives to the other thirty
        (30) days notice.

 21.    MISCELLANEOUS.

    A.     This lease and its related attachments contains the entire
           agreement between the lessor and lessee and may not be altered,
           amended, or modified, or otherwise changed except by writing
           executed by authorized persons of each party.
           Notwithstanding the foregoing, lessee hereby authorizes
           lessor, without further notice, to complete the description
<PAGE>
           of the equipment to be leased, the quantity thereof, serial
           numbers of such equipment, and to fill in any blank spaces
           on this lease and to date this lease.  Lessee shall pay to
           lessor a charge for lessor's documentation in connection
           with this lease.

    B.     This lease shall be valid and enforceable when accepted in
           writing by lessor and shall be governed by the laws of the
           State of Wisconsin, and shall be binding upon the lessor and
           lessee and their respective legal representatives,
           successors and assigns.

    C.     Lessee agrees that this lease is irrevocable for the full
           term hereof and that its obligations are absolute and shall
           continue without abatement regardless of any disability to
           use the equipment or any part thereof because of any reason
           including, but not limited to, war, act of God, governmental
           regulations, strike, loss, damage, destruction, obsolescence,
           failure or delay in delivery, failure of the equipment to
           properly operate, termination by operation of law, or any
           other cause.

 DATED at Germantown, Wisconsin this _____ day of ________________,
 199___.

 MOLDMAKERS LEASING & INVESTMENTS       TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY
 LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, LLP               ("Lessee")
 ("Lessor")


 By:  MARK G. SELLERS                     By: BRUCE SCHNEIDER

   As its: PARTNER                        As its: VP-FINANCE
<PAGE>
                            ATTACHMENTS

 (Such Attachments are to be signed contemporaneously and are part of
 this Lease Agreement).


 1.  Cover Sheet

 2.  Schedule of Variable Lease Terms

 3.  Delivery and Acceptance Receipt
<PAGE>
                                COVER SHEET


 LEASE NUMBER:_______________ LEASE DATE:___________________

 SCHEDULE NUMBER:___________




 LESSOR:  ______________________________

          ______________________________

          ______________________________


 LESSEE:  ______________________________

          ______________________________

          ______________________________


 DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT

 QUANTITY                    SERIAL NUMBER                 DESCRIPTION














 ____________
 (Initial)

 ____________
 (Date)

<PAGE>
                        SCHEDULE OF VARIABLE LEASE TERMS

                 Lease #__________  Schedule #_________________


 LESSOR:      ____________________________________
              (Name)
              ____________________________________
              (Address)
              ____________________________________


 LESSEE:      ____________________________________
              (Name)
              ____________________________________
              (Address) *
              ____________________________________

 Number of Months:  ______** Amount of Monthly Lease Payment: _________

 Due Date: ________________  Commencement Date:________________________

 Amount of Security Deposit (in accordance with terms of Paragraph 19
 of the LEASE AGREEMENT):  $___________________________________________

 Payments to be made to Lessor at address shown above.

 Check to Lessor in the amount of $200.00 for documentation costs as
 outlined in Paragraph 21(a) of LEASE AGREEMENT to accompany this
 agreement.

                         ADJUSTMENT CLAUSE

  At the option of the Lessor, consideration MAY be given to Lessee for
 services provided to Lessor.  This consideration could result in
 reduced lease payment(s), and written notice of same will be given to
 Lessee in advance of the next lease payment due date.  If no notice is
 given, lease payments are as outlined above.

 *Address of Lessee is to be the location of leased equipment, in
 accordance with Paragraph Five of LEASE AGREEMENT.

 **Subject to terms outlined in Paragraph 20 of LEASE AGREEMENT.

 ___________________        ___________________
 (Initial)                  (Date)


<PAGE>
                        DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE RECEIPT



 LEASE NUMBER:_______________           DATE:____________________

 SCHEDULE NUMBER:___________


 LESSOR:      ____________________________________________


 LESSEE:      ____________________________________________



 In accordance with Paragraph Three (3) of the above-referenced
 EQUIPMENT LEASE, delivery and installation of the leased equipment
 is hereby accepted.


 SIGNED at Germantown, Wisconsin this _____ day of __________________,
 199____.


 LESSEE:_______________________


 By:___________________________
    (Signature)


 Drafted by Sandra Gierach
 12-17-97

                                                    Exhibit 10.10

                 MASTER EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT


     THIS MASTER EQUIPMENT LEASE AGREEMENT, is made as of the 29th day
 of November, 1999, by and between PCI Consulting & Leasing, Inc.,
 (hereinafter referred to as "Lessor"), and TecStar Mfg. Company
 (hereinafter referred to as "Lessee").

                            WITNESSETH:

     For and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises
 hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

     1.   LEASE.  Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby
 leases from Lessor, certain equipment under the numbered lease
 agreements described in Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and
 incorporated herein by reference.

     2.   TERM.  The lease of each item of equipment set forth on
 Exhibit A is on a month-to-month basis.

     3.   RENT.  The  monthly rent for each item of equipment shall
 be the amount designated in Exhibit A.

     4.   ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  This Master Equipment Lease
 Agreement incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of the
 form of Lease Agreement that is attached as Exhibit B.  Any lease of
 equipment by Lessee from Lessor shall be subject to the terms and
 conditions of Exhibit B.

     5.   EXECUTION OF EXHIBITS.  In connection with the lease of the
 equipment referenced in this Master Equipment Lease Agreement, both
 Lessor and Lessee have executed completed forms of Exhibit B.  The
 parties agree that, if and when additional equipment is leased from
 Lessor by Lessee, additional forms of Exhibit B shall be executed by
 the parties.  In addition, in the event of any leases of additional
 equipment from Lessor by Lessee, the parties shall add references to
 such equipment to Exhibit A.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Master
 Equipment Lease Agreement as of the date first above written.

 PCI CONSULTING & LEASING, INC.    TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY
 ("Lessor")                        ("Lessee")


 By:  SCOTT W. SCAMPINI         By: BRUCE SCHNEIDER

   As its: PARTNER           As its: VP-FINANCE
<PAGE>
                             EXHIBIT A

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 LEASE NUMBER                    LESSEE                                             MONTHLY LEASE
 (EXECUTED EX. B)                                                                     Pymt. Amt.
    <S>                        <C>                                           <C>
     2511002-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $          14,600.00
     2511004-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           3,625.00
     2511007-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           4,700.00
     2511008-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           1,575.00
     2511009-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $             275.00
     2511010-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $          13,175.00
     2511011-3                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           2,300.00
     2511012-3                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           1,425.00
     2511013-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $          10,950.00
     2511014-3                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $             100.00
     2511015-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           5,800.00
     2511016-2                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $             350.00
     2511017-2                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $             150.00
     2511018-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           1,275.00
     2511019-2                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           1,000.00
     2511020-2                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           8,325.00
     2511021-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           6,100.00
     2511022-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $          16,450.00
     2511023-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           2,675.00
     2511024-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           6,300.00
     2511025-4                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           2,200.00
     2511026-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           4,675.00
     2511027-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           7,900.00
     2511029-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $          14,625.00
     2511030-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           8,525.00
     2511031-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           3,850.00
     2511032-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $           6,025.00
     2511034-1                 TecStar Mfg. Company                          $          16,750.00
</TABLE>

 The term of each lease of equipment referenced above is month-to-month.

                             EXHIBIT B

                                Lease Number:__________________

                          LEASE AGREEMENT

 This Lease Agreement is entered into on the date shown on the COVER
 SHEET hereof by and between the lessor and the lessee as therein
 identified, for the equipment described on the COVER SHEET of this
 lease.

 1.     LEASE.    Lessor hereby leases to the lessee the "equipment" for
        the number of months and for the lease payments as set forth on
        the SCHEDULE OF VARIABLE LEASE TERMS ("Schedule") attached
        hereto and incorporated herein by reference In the terms and
        conditions stated in this lease.  Lessee agrees that if there
        is any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this
        lease and any of the lessee's requirements or other terms of
<PAGE>
        its written purchase orders, the terms of this lease shall
        govern.  The lease payments shall commence when the lessee has
        received the equipment, and shall continue thereafter to be paid
        on the same day of each succeeding month in the amount specified
        and for the total number of payments as provided in the Schedule
        of Variable Lease Terms as set forth above.  All lease payments
        by lessee shall be payable at the office of lessor or at such
        other place as lessor may from time-to-time designate in
        writing.  Lessee hereby acknowledges that all sums advanced at
        the execution of this lease shall be fully earned by lessor upon
        receipt, and that all such sums shall be nonrefundable and shall
        be and remain the sole property of lessor without exception,
        except the Security Deposit as hereafter set forth.

 2.     LESSEE'S WAIVER OF DAMAGES AND WARRANTIES FROM LESSOR.  Lessee
        leases the equipment from lessor "as is."  Lessor makes
        absolutely no warranties, express or implied, including any
        warranty of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.
        Lessee shall, and hereby does, hold lessor harmless from and
        against any damage or injury to persons or property caused by
        the equipment, and lessee agrees to be responsible for any such
        loss.  No representation or warranty by the supplier or
        salesperson is binding upon lessor, nor shall breach of such
        warranty relieve lessee oflessee's obligation to lessor.  In no
        event shall lessor be liable to lessee for any special, indirect
        or consequential damages, including lost profits, lost business
        opportunities, or any other damages of such kind or description.
        Lessee acknowledges that lessor is not in the business of
        manufacturing or supplying the leased equipment, that it has
        made no investigation as to the appropriateness of the equipment
        for the purposes to which lessee intends to put the equipment,
        and therefore lessee fully accepts the terms and conditions
        of this paragraph limiting the liability of the lessor to the
        delivery of the equipment and in return, lessee promises to make
        the lease payments specified in paragraph one (1) hereof.

 3.     DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE.   Lessee agrees to accept such delivery
        of the equipment and upon installation thereof to execute and
        deliver to lessor the DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE RECEIPT submitted
        by lessor.  Lessee further agrees that the validity  of this
        lease shall not be affected by any delay in the shipment of the
        equipment by the supplier.  In the event that the lessee has not
        executed and delivered to lessor the submitted delivery and
        acceptance receipt upon installation of the equipment, then it
        shall be conclusively presumed, as between lessor and lessee,
        that the equipment is in good working order and condition and
        that the lessee has accepted and is satisfied that the equipment
        constitutes the equipment specified in this lease,
        notwithstanding the fact that such goods may be otherwise
        nonconforming.  By execution hereof, the lessee certifies that
        he has read this lease including all portions hereof, and all
        schedules attached hereto, and that he is authorized to execute
        this lease on behalf of the lessee, and hereby acknowledges
        receipt of this lease.   LESSEE REPRESENTS AND WARRANTS THAT
        THIS IS A COMMERCIAL AND BUSINESS TRANSACTION AND NOT A CONSUMER
        TRANSACTION.
<PAGE>

 4.     USE.  Lessee shall use the equipment in the conduct of its
        business and in a careful and proper manner.  Lessee shall not
        alter or change the equipment without the prior written consent
        of the lessor, and all equipment, accessories, parts and
        replacements for or which are added to and become part of the
        equipment shall immediately become the property of the lessor
        and shall be deemed incorporated in the equipment and subject to
        the terms and conditions of this lease as if originally leased
        hereunder.

 5.     LOCATION.  The equipment shall be located at the address of
        lessee shown on the Schedule and shall not be moved from said
        location without the prior written consent of lessor.

 6.     LOSS AND DAMAGE.  Upon shipment of equipment to lessee, the
        lessee hereby assumes and shall bear the entire risk of loss
        and damage to the equipment from any and every cause whatsoever.

 7.     INSURANCE.  Lessee shall keep the leased equipment insured
        against loss by fire, theft and all other hazards
        ("comprehensive coverage") by insurers and in form, amount and
        coverage satisfactory to lessor, but in no event less than the
        original cost of the leased equipment or such other amount as
        lessor shall approve in writing.  Lessor shall be named as an
        additional insured and loss payee on any such insurance policy
        or policies, and lessee agrees to provide a certificate of
        insurance to lessor showing the lessor as such loss payee as its
        interest may appear.  Said policies shall provide that all
        losses shall be payable solely to the lessor.  Said policy shall
        also provide that no act or omission of lessee or any of its
        officers, agents, employees or representatives shall affect the
        obligation of the insurer to pay the full amount of any loss,
        and no such policy shall be canceled or materially altered,
        except upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice
        to the lessor. In the event of any loss, destruction, theft or
        damage to any of the leased equipment, lessee shall immediately
        notify lessor in writing, and any such loss, destruction, theft
        or damage shall not relieve the lessee from its obligation to
        pay the full lease payments hereunder.  Lessee shall promptly
        make claim for applicable insurance and comply in all respects
        with the claims policies and procedures as set forth in the
        policies to be issued as specified above.  Any sums collected
        from insurance for the total loss of any leased equipment shall
        be first credited to the payment of the residual value of the
        leased equipment as determined by the lessor, and then to the
        unpaid installments of rent payable hereunder.  If any of the
        leased equipment is partially damaged, the lessee shall repair
        such damage at its own cost and expense, and any sums collected
        from insurance on account of such damage shall be applied to
        the cost thereof.  Provided, however, on default of the lessee
        in repairing such damage within thirty (30) days of the
        occurrence thereof, the sums collected therefor shall be applied
        to the last maturing installments of rent payable hereunder or
        to the repair of the leased equipment, at the option of the
        lessor.  Lessee shall insure the lessor and lessee with respect
        to liability for personal injuries, death, damage to or use of
        the property resulting from the ownership, use and operation of
<PAGE>
        the leased equipment, with insurer satisfactory to the lessor in
        the amount of at least One Hundred Thousand ($100,000.00)
        Dollars and Three Hundred Thousand ($300,000.00) Dollars for
        personal injuries, and Fifty Thousand ($50,000.00) Dollars for
        property damages, or such greater amount as lessor shall
        reasonably require.  If lessee shall default in obtaining any
        insurance so to be provided, the lessor may place such insurance
        at its options, pay the premiums and charge the same as
        additional rent to the lessee, which shall be payable upon
        demand with interest at eighteen (18%) percent, or the highest
        legal rate from the date lessor makes any such payment.
        Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, lessee will,
        and hereby does, hold lessor harmless from and against any such
        claim or liability (including attorneys fees and costs and
        expenses for the defense thereof) arising out of the ownership,
        use or operation of the leased equipment during the period of
        this lease and until the leased equipment is returned to and
        accepted by the lessor.

 8.     TAXES, ASSESSMENT AND FEES.  Lessee agrees to pay all licensing,
        filing and registration fees and to keep the equipment free from
        liens and encumbrances.  Lessee agrees to pay lessor for all
        personal property taxes assessed against the equipment, to pay
        all other taxes, assessments, fees and penalties which may be
        levied or assessed in respect to the equipment, including sales
        tax levied on the rental payments, its use or any interest
        therein, or any lease payments including, but not limited to,
        all federal, state and local taxes however designated or levied,
        whether upon lessee or lessor or the equipment, or upon the
        sale, ownership, use or operation, excepting any income taxes
        levied on the payments to the lessor.  Lessee authorizes lessor
        to file at lessor's option financing statements without the
        signature of the lessee, and if a signature is required by law,
        lessee appoints lessor as lessee's attorney in fact to execute
        such financing statements on its behalf.  Lessee agrees to pay
        a fee of Twenty-Five ($25.00) Dollars to reimburse lessor's
        expenses for preparing such financing statements and for making
        such credit checks and analysis of lessee and guarantor's
        financial status as the lessor deems prudent.  Lessee agrees to
        reimburse lessor for reasonable costs incurred in collecting
        taxes, assessments or fees for which lessee is liable and any
        collection charges attributable thereto, including attorneys
        fees, costs and expenses.

 9.     TITLE/RECORDING.  Title of the equipment shall, at all times,
        remain in the lessor.  Lessee agrees to keep the equipment free
        and clear from all levies, attachments, liens, encumbrances and
        charges or other judicial process of every kind whatsoever.
        Lessee agrees to save lessor harmless and indemnify lessor from
        any loss or damage caused thereby.  Lessee authorizes lessor for
        and in lessee's name to execute and file financing statements
        for the equipment as set forth in paragraph number eight (8).

 10.    DEFAULT.  In the event that the lessee shall default in payment
        when due of any lease payment, additional lease payment, or any
        other sums or charges due hereunder, for a period of five (5)
<PAGE>
        consecutive days after the said amounts are due, or in the event
        of any other default or breach of the other terms and conditions
        of this lease, or any other lease agreement executed
        contemporaneously herewith or which incorporates this agreement
        by reference, or if any execution or other process shall be
        issued in connection with the equipment, or if the lessee
        becomes insolvent or makes an assignment for the benefit of
        creditors, or a receiver, trustee or liquidator of the lessee's
        business or a substantial part of its assets is appointed with
        or without the consent of the lessee, or if a petition is
        filed against the lessee or by the lessee under the Bankruptcy
        Code or any amendments thereto, or any similar state insolvency
        law or laws providing relief for debtors, or if the financial
        conditions of the lessee's business affairs shall so change as
        to, in lessor's opinion, impair lessor's equipment or increase
        the credit risk involved, then, and upon the happening of any
        of these events, lessor shall have the right to do one or more
        of the following:  Declare this lease in default upon written
        notice to lessee whereupon the entire amount of the lease
        payments remaining to be paid pursuant to this agreement shall
        be immediately due and payable; and Proceed to appropriate court
        action or actions at law or in equity or in bankruptcy to enforce
        performance by lessee of the covenants and terms and conditions
        of this Lease Agreement and/or to recover damages for the breach
        thereof; and Terminate this lease upon written notice to lessee;
        and Whether or not this lease be so terminated, and without
        notice to lessee, repossess the equipment wherever found, with
        or without legal process, and for this purpose lessor and/or its
        agents may enter upon any premise of or under control or
        jurisdiction of the lessee or any agent of the lessee without
        liability for suit, action or other proceeding by lessee (any
        damages occasioned by such  repossession being hereby expressly
        waived by lessee) and remove the equipment thereon.

        Notwithstanding the fact that any or all of the equipment is
        returned to or repossessed by the lessor as aforesaid, the
        lessee shall remain liable for and the lessor may forthwith
        recover from lessee as liquidated damages for breach thereof
        under this lease and not as a penalty, in addition to the entire
        amount of the unpaid lease payments pursuant to said
        subparagraph "A" above, all other unpaid sums or charges that
        accrued prior to the date of the lessee's default, together will
        all costs and expenses incurred by the lessor as set forth
        herein.  If the lessee fails to redeliver any equipment to the
        lessor or the lessor is unable, for any reason, to effect
        repossession of the equipment, or if the lessor does not
        repossess any of the equipment at its option, then with respect
        to such equipment, the lessee shall be liable for, and lessor
        may forthwith recover from the lessee, as liquidated damages,
        and not as a penalty, in addition to the entire amount of unpaid
        lease payments pursuant to subparagraph "A" above, the sum of
        twenty (20%) percent  of  the  actual cost to lessor of such
        equipment, plus all other unpaid sums or charges that accrued
        prior to the date of the default by lessee, together with all
        costs and expenses incurred by lessor as set forth in this
        agreement.
<PAGE>
        Lessor may also recover all costs and expenses including,
        without limitation, reasonable attorney fees incurred by the
        lessor in enforcing its rights under this agreement.

        Lessor may apply advance lease payments received against the
        lessee's obligations under this lease.

        Any repossession, resale or release of any equipment by lessor
        shall not be a bar to the institution of litigation by lessor
        against lessee for damages for breach of this lease, and the
        commencement of any litigation or the entry of any judgment
        against lessee shall not be a bar to the lessor's right to
        repossess the equipment.

        With respect to any equipment returned to the lessor or
        repossessed by lessor pursuant to this agreement, the lessor
        may hold or use such equipment for any purpose whatsoever,
        or may sell the same at private or public sale, for cash or
        credit, or may release the same for such terms as shall be
        solely determined by lessor.  In the event of the sale or
        releasing by lessor of any such equipment, lessee shall be
        liable for, and lessor may forthwith recover from lessee, as
        liquidated damages for  breach of this lease, and not as a
        penalty, in addition to the entire amount of the unpaid lease
        payments pursuant to subparagraph "A" above, the sum of twenty
        (20%) percent of the actual cost to the lessor of such
        equipment, plus all other unpaid sums or charges that accrued
        prior to the date of the lessee's default, plus the proceeds of
        any sale or releasing of such equipment, after first deducting
        therefrom all costs and expenses incurred in repossession,
        storage, repairs, reconditioning, sale, releasing, attorney
        fees, and collection fees with respect to the equipment.

        To the extent permitted by law, the lessee hereby waives any
        rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise which
        may require the lessor to sell, lease or otherwise use any
        equipment in mitigation of lessee's damages as set forth in
        this paragraph numbered ten (10), or which may otherwise limit
        or modify any of the lessor's rights or remedies under this
        paragraph numbered ten (10).

 11.    CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.   Each and all of the remedies provided
        hereunder to the lessor are cumulative and may, to the extent
        permitted by law, be exercised concurrently or separately, and
        the exercise of any one remedy shall not preclude the lessor
        from exercising any other remedy and shall not be deemed to be
        an election of remedies.  No failure on the part of the lessor
        to exercise, and no delay in exercising any right or remedy
        hereunder shall be deemed a waiver thereof, nor shall any single
        or partial exercise by lessor of any right or remedy hereunder
        preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise
        of any other right or remedy.  Damages occasioned by lessor's
        repossession of the equipment are hereby waived by lessee.
        Lessee waives any right of venue and agrees that all legal,
        equitable or other proceedings between the parties can be
        brought in a court of competent jurisdiction at the election
        and determination of the lessor and lessee consents thereto.
<PAGE>
 12.    RETURN OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR PURCHASE OPTION.   On termination
        or expiration of this lease, or upon the lessee's default,
        lessee shall at its own cost and expense return the equipment to
        the lessor at an address specified by the lessor in the same
        condition as received, reasonable wear and tear and normal
        depreciation excepted.  The lessee shall, in addition to all
        other payments due under this lease to the lessor, pay to lessor
        such sums as may be necessary to cover replacement for all
        damaged, broken or missing parts of the equipment.

        In lieu of returning the equipment as set forth above, in the
        event the lessee has made all payments and has otherwise
        fulfilled all of its obligations pursuant to the lease, it may
        purchase the equipment for the then-current fair market value,
        as determined and agreed to by the parties.  Upon delivering the
        agreed-upon sum, and upon the satisfaction by the lessee of all
        of its obligations pursuant to this agreement, then the lessor
        shall deliver a Bill of Sale transferring title to the lessee
        and the lessor shall further release any and all security
        interests it has filed or other liens of record that it has
        filed on the equipment.

        Insofar as this is, or may be deemed to be, an installment
        purchase agreement rather than a lease, the lessee agrees to
        execute a chattel security agreement and financing statement
        securing the interest of the lessor in the equipment.

 13.    RENEWAL.  In the event lessee fails to return the equipment to
        the lessor upon expiration or termination of the lease, the
        lessor is entitled to charge, and lessee shall continue to pay,
        rent to the lessor at the same rate provided herein, as a
        month-to-month lease until the equipment is returned by the
        lessor.  This Lease shall be renewable upon agreement of the
        parties.

 14.    ASSIGNMENT.  This lease may not be assigned, nor may any of
        the leased equipment be subleased by the lessee without the
        prior written consent of the lessor.  Lessor may, at its option,
        assign to any bank or other financial institution, all or part
        of any of its right, title or interest in and to the lease and
        to each item of equipment and monies to become due hereunder;
        and, lessor may grant security interests in the equipment,
        subject to the lessee's right therein as set forth in this
        lease, and in such events, all provisions of this lease for the
        benefit of the lessor shall inure to the benefit of and be
        exercisable by or on behalf of any such assignee, but the
        assignee, subject to the option of the lessor, may or may not
        be liable for or be required to perform any of the lessor's
        obligations to the lessee.  The lessor may direct that all
        rental payments due and to become due under this lease and
        assigned by lessor shall be paid directly to any such assignee,
        upon notice of such assignment to lessee, and assignee may
        exercise any of lessor's rights hereunder and shall not be
        subject to any defense, counterclaim or setoff which the lessee
        may have or assert against the lessor, and the lessor hereby
        agrees that it will not assert any such defenses, setoffs,
<PAGE>
        counterclaims  and  claims against the assignee.  The original
        lease may be used as chattel paper.

 15.    CONFLICTS. If any provision herein is in conflict with statute
        or rule of law of any state or territory wherein it may be
        sought to be enforced, then that provision shall be deemed null
        and void to the extent that it may conflict therewith, but the
        balance of any such provision, and the balance of the lease
        shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.  For
        the sole purpose of resolving any problem with respect to
        conflict  of  laws, it is agreed that questions of filing or
        recording shall be determined by the law of the place where the
        equipment is located.  In all other respects, this lease shall
        be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

 16.    NOTICE.  All notices relating hereto shall be in writing and
        delivered to an officer of the party to which such notice is
        being given or mailed by certified mail, return receipt
        requested, to such party at the address specified in this lease,
        or at such other address as may thereafter be specified by like
        notice by either party to the other.

 17.    INSPECTION.  Lessor may, for the purpose of inspection, at all
        reasonable times, enter upon any job, building or place where
        the equipment is located and may remove the equipment forthwith
        without notice to lessee if the equipment is, in the opinion of
        the lessor, being used beyond its capacity or in any manner
        improperly cared for, abused or misused.

 18.    INDEMNITY.  Lessee shall and does hereby agree to indemnify and
        save lessor, its successors and assigns, harmless from any and
        all liability, damages, or loss, including reasonable attorney
        fees, arising out of the ownership, selection, possession,
        leasing, renting, operation, control, use condition (including
        but not limited to latent and other defects, whether or not
        discoverable by lessee), maintenance, delivery and return of
        the equipment, or in the event that the lessee shall be in
        default hereunder, arising out of the condition of any item of
        equipment sold or disposed or after use by the lessee.  The
        indemnities and obligations provided in this paragraph shall
        continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the
        termination of this lease.

 19.    SECURITY  DEPOSIT.  Contemporaneous with the execution of this
        lease, the lessee has delivered to the lessor the deposit
        payment as listed on the Schedule.  Said amount shall be held
        as a deposit against obligations due the lessor from the lessee
        and may, upon written notice to the lessee, be applied by the
        lessor to any obligations due the lessor from the lessee
        pursuant to the terms of this  agreement.  The deposit may
        not be used by the lessee for payments and the same shall be
        returned by the lessor to the lessee upon the due completion by
        the lessee of all the terms and conditions of this lease.

 20.    AUTOMATIC RENEWAL.  This Lease is for the number of months set
        forth on the Schedule of Variable Lease Terms on the face
<PAGE>
        hereof.  Unless one party gives the other at least thirty (30)
        days notice prior to the end of such term (or any renewal
        thereof), then this Lease shall be renewed for another like
        period of time which shall again be subject to this same
        automatic renewal unless one party gives to the other thirty
        (30) days notice.

 21.    MISCELLANEOUS.

    A.    This lease and its related attachments contains the entire
          agreement between the lessor and lessee and may not be
          altered, amended, or modified, or otherwise changed except
          by writing executed by authorized persons of each party.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, lessee hereby authorizes
          lessor, without further notice, to complete the description
          of the equipment to be leased, the quantity thereof, serial
          numbers of such equipment, and to fill in any blank spaces on
          this lease and to date this lease.  Lessee shall pay to lessor
          a charge for lessor's documentation in connection with this
          lease.

    B.    This lease shall be valid and enforceable when accepted in
          writing by lessor and shall be governed by the laws of the
          State of Wisconsin, and shall be binding upon the lessor
          and lessee and their respective legal representatives,
          successors and assigns.

    C.    Lessee agrees that this lease is irrevocable for the full
          term hereof and that its obligations are absolute and shall
          continue without abatement regardless of any disability to
          use the equipment or any part thereof because of any reason
          including, but not limited to, war, act of God, governmental
          regulations, strike, loss, damage, destruction, obsolescence,
          failure or delay in delivery, failure of the equipment to
          properly operate, termination by operation of law, or any
          other cause.

 DATED at Germantown, Wisconsin this _____ day of ________________,
 199___.

 PCI CONSULTING & LEASING, INC.  TECSTAR MFG. COMPANY
 ("Lessor")                      ("Lessee")


 By:                              By:
   As its:Partner                  As its:VP-Finance
<PAGE>
                            ATTACHMENTS

 (Such Attachments are to be signed contemporaneously and are part of
  this Lease Agreement).


 1. Cover Sheet

 2. Schedule of Variable Lease Terms

 3. Delivery and Acceptance Receipt
<PAGE>
                                COVER SHEET


 LEASE NUMBER:_______________       LEASE DATE:___________________

 SCHEDULE NUMBER:___________




 LESSOR:  ______________________________

          ______________________________

          ______________________________


 LESSEE:  ______________________________

          ______________________________

          ______________________________


 DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT

 QUANTITY              SERIAL NUMBER                 DESCRIPTION














 ____________
 (Initial)

 ____________
 (Date)

<PAGE>
                        SCHEDULE OF VARIABLE LEASE TERMS

                 Lease #__________  Schedule #_________________


 LESSOR:      ____________________________________
              (Name)
              ____________________________________
              (Address)
              ____________________________________


 LESSEE:      ____________________________________
              (Name)
              ____________________________________
              (Address) *
              ____________________________________

 Number of Months:  ______** Amount of Monthly Lease Payment: __________

 Due Date: ________________ Commencement Date:______________________

 Amount of Security Deposit (in accordance with terms of Paragraph 19 of
 the LEASE AGREEMENT):  $___________________________________________

 Payments to be made to Lessor at address shown above.

 Check to Lessor in the amount of $200.00 for documentation costs as
 outlined in Paragraph 21(a) of LEASE AGREEMENT to accompany this
 agreement.

                         ADJUSTMENT CLAUSE

  At  the  option  of  the Lessor, consideration MAY be given to Lessee
  for services provided to Lessor.   This consideration could result in
  reduced lease payment(s), and written notice of same will be given to
  Lessee in advance of the next lease payment due date.  If no notice
  is given, lease payments are as outlined above.

 *Address of Lessee is to be the location of leased equipment, in
 accordance with Paragraph Five of LEASE AGREEMENT.

 **Subject to terms outlined in Paragraph 20 of LEASE AGREEMENT.

 ___________________    ___________________
 (Initial)             (Date)
<PAGE>
                        DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE RECEIPT



 LEASE NUMBER:_______________       DATE:____________________

 SCHEDULE NUMBER:___________


 LESSOR:      ____________________________________________


 LESSEE:      ____________________________________________



 In accordance with Paragraph Three (3) of the above-referenced
 EQUIPMENT LEASE, delivery and installation of the leased equipment
 is hereby accepted.


 SIGNED at Germantown, Wisconsin this _____ day of __________________,
 199____.


 LESSEE:_______________________


 By:___________________________
    (Signature)


 Drafted by Sandra Gierach
 12-17-97

                                                        Exhibit 10.11
                         SUPPLY AGREEMENT


 This Supply Agreement is entered into between the ITW Paslode, Cordless
 Tool Group ("Paslode") of Illinois Tool Works Inc., a Delaware
 Corporation ("ITW"), and TecStar Illinois Division, an Illinois
 corporation ("TecStar"), an affiliate of MGS Enterprises, Inc., a
 Wisconsin corporation ("MGS").

 The parties have agreed to the following terms in order to increase
 efficiencies and reduce costs in the manufacture and supply of plastic
 components ("Parts") by TecStar to Paslode, while enabling each party
 to independently run its own business in accordance with all safety
 rules and applicable laws and regulations:

 ARTICLE 1  MANUFACTURING FACILITY LEASE

 1.1 Paslode shall lease a 70,000 portion of the 99,040 square foot
     building located at 14050 Lambs Lane in Green Oaks, Illinois
     ("Building") for its own manufacturing facility ("Paslode
     Facility") as of July 1, 1999, and shall lease the remaining 29,040
     square foot portion of the Building as of October 1, 1999.

 1.2 Paslode shall provide TecStar with the 29,040 square foot portion
     of the Building for use as a complete plastic injection and blow
     molding manufacturing facility ("TecStar Facility") in accordance
     with the terms of this Agreement.

 Paslode shall be responsible for all tooling costs and shall retain all
 ownership rights to tooling and other equipment transferred or loaned
 to TecStar for use in the Paslode Facility, the TecStar Facility, or
 another facility of TecStar.  However, TecStar shall be responsible for
 the cost and performance of normal tool maintenance and minor repairs.

 ARTICLE 2  TERM AND RELOCATION SCHEDULE

 2.1 TecStar may equip and operate the TecStar Facility from October 1,
     1999 through September 30, 2004 ("Term"), unless this Agreement is
     terminated earlier in accordance with the termination provisions in
     Article 6. Unless either party provides the other party with
     written notice at least 90 days prior to the end of the initial
     Term, this Agreement shall automatically renew for a subsequent
     one-year term.  Thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically
     renew for successive one-year terms unless either party provides
     the other party with written notice at least 90 days prior to the
     end of the expiring term.

 2.2 TecStar shall begin to manufacture Parts for Paslode at its
     Germantown, Wisconsin plant upon receipt of tooling therefor from
     Paslode.

 2.3 Before October 1, 1999, Paslode and TecStar shall execute a written
     schedule ("Relocation Schedule") for the relocation by TecStar of
<PAGE>
     its Parts manufacturing process from Wisconsin to the TecStar
     Facility.

 ARTICLE 3  TECSTAR OBLIGATIONS AND PRICING

 3.1 In return for the use of the TecStar Facility, TecStar shall:

          3.1.1  make all necessary arrangements, subject to final
     approval by Paslode, and assume full financial responsibility
     (except as otherwise specified in Article 4.1), for the remodeling
     and equipping of the TecStar Facility, complete with a direct
     supply connection to the Paslode Facility, within the period
     allocated under the Relocation Schedule;

          3.1.2  hire, train, supervise, and maintain a sufficient staff
      of qualified employees necessary to meet its obligations to
      Paslode under this Agreement and to operate the TecStar Facility
      as a facility dedicated to the manufacture of Parts for Paslode in
      accordance with all reasonable Paslode operational and safety
      rules and all applicable laws and regulations;

          3.1.3  maintain the TecStar Facility and equipment therein in
     good operational condition, and pay all utility, maintenance, and
     operational expenses incurred in running the TecStar Facility;

          3.1.4  provide Paslode with reasonable access to the TecStar
     Facility and to its equipment and controls in the event of
     emergencies, or to avert a safety breach or threat of personal
     injury or property damage; and provide access upon prior notice for
     reasonable inspection of the premises by Paslode or its lessor;

          3.1.5  supply Paslode with Parts which meet all specifications
     and reasonable quality standards in accordance with its schedule
     requirements; and

          3.1.6  discount the price of Parts to Paslode in accordance
      with Article 3.2 hereof.

 3.2 Part Price Reductions

          3.2.1  Upon receipt by TecStar of tooling for a particular
     Part, Paslode shall receive the initial Part price as listed on the
     attached price schedule ("Price Schedule") for such Part.

          3.2.2  Paslode shall receive an additional five percent (5%)
     discount off of the Price Schedule prices at the earlier of the
     date that TecStar relocates the Parts manufacturing process to the
     TecStar Facility, or the applicable date(s) in the Relocation
     Schedule.

          3.2.3  On an ongoing basis, the parties shall negotiate
     additional discounts to Paslode resulting from additional cost
     savings realized by TecStar as a result of efficiencies in the
     manufacturing and supply process.

          3.2.4  Paslode shall receive price reductions, and TecStar
<PAGE>
     shall receive price increases, as a result of raw material cost
     decreases and increases, respectively.  The price increase or
     decrease shall equal the change in material cost per pound
     multiplied by the weight in pounds of the Part as specified on the
     Price Schedule.

 3.3 For any month that TecStar fails to meet its contractual
     obligations to Paslode under 3.1.5 above, TecStar shall either
     (1) provide Paslode with alternately sourced Parts which are
     acceptable to Paslode in its reasonable judgment, or (2) pay any
     excess costs incurred by Paslode in obtaining alternate Parts from
     another supplier.

 ARTICLE 4  PASLODE OBLIGATIONS

 4.1 Paslode shall arrange for and pay the reasonable costs of the
     following changes to the TecStar Facility:

          4.1.1  upgrade the existing electrical service from 800 to
     1,200 Amps.;

          4.1.2  provide a new 2,000 Amp. electrical service;

          4.1.3  upgrade the factory lighting per TecStar's
      specifications (not including lighting for office use) for
      approximately 25,000 square feet;

          4.1.4  paint the walls and ceilings in the factory area;

          4.1.5  complete the demising wall between the Paslode Facility
     and the TecStar Facility with drywall and fire-rated plywood
     installation; and

          4.1.6  install one male and one female bathroom.

 4.2 Paslode shall provide TecStar employees regular access to the
     Paslode Facility lunchroom and parking lot, and reasonable access
     upon request to other accommodations such as laboratories and
     conference rooms.

 4.3 Paslode shall provide TecStar with reasonable access to the Paslode
     Facility and to its equipment and controls in the event of
     emergencies, or to avert a safety breach or threat of personal
     injury or property damage.

 4.4 Paslode shall issue a purchase order known as a Partner-Supplier
     Agreement (which may be revised by Paslode annually or more
     frequently by agreement with TecStar) containing an estimated
     annual use and a price per Part based on quantity, in accordance
     with previous sections of this Agreement.  In addition, near the
     end of every month, Paslode will supply a rolling Estimate of
     Monthly Use for the next three months.  Paslode will issue Releases
     to TecStar for small batches of usage for one to two weeks, or as
     otherwise agreed to, as Parts are actually consumed in the assembly
     process by Paslode.  TecStar shall hold appropriate quantities of
     stock for these Releases.
<PAGE>
 4.5 If, as a result of Paslode business fluctuations, total Releases of
     Parts by Paslode over any three month period fall below the
     Estimated Annual Use quantities by more than 30%, the parties shall
     negotiate and agree to institute one or more changes on a temporary
     basis such as the following examples to increase efficiencies and
     save costs:

          4.5.1  Permit TecStar move some of its production of Parts to
     another TecStar facility on a temporary basis.

          4.5.2  Permit TecStar to produce products for other customers
     in the TecStar Facility.

 4.6 Paslode shall pay all TecStar invoices on a bi-monthly, net 15 day
     basis.

 ARTICLE 5  INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 5.1 Paslode and TecStar shall each indemnify, defend and hold harmless
     the other from and against all costs, expenses, attorneys fees,
     damages, claims, penalties and other liabilities ("Claims") to the
     extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of an
     employee or agent of the indemnifying party.  However, TecStar
     shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Paslode from and against
     all Claims by its employees and agents for injuries or damages
     suffered on or at the Building, the Paslode Facility, or the
     TecStar Facility, regardless of cause.

 5.2 TecStar shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Paslode from and
     against all Claims related to damage to the Building, the Paslode
     Facility, or the TecStar Facility, and related claims for personal
     injury or death, due to actions or omissions attributable to
     TecStar, and all Claims to the extent resulting from TecStar's
     failure to comply with any applicable law, regulation, or provision
     of this Agreement.

 5.3 TecStar shall maintain insurance policies with reputable insurers
     in amounts adequate to reasonably cover its business obligations
     and exposures, with coverages including products liability,
     casualty, comprehensive general liability, personal property
     replacement, workers compensation and employers liability; TecStar
     shall name Paslode as an additional insured and provide Paslode
     with a certificate of insurance prior to October 1, 1999 and
     thereafter annually and upon reasonable request.

 ARTICLE 6  TERMINATION

 6.1 The parties may terminate this Agreement early by written
     agreement.

 6.2 Either party may terminate this Agreement for any reason upon 180
     days prior written notice to the other party.

 6.3 Either party may terminate this Agreement immediately by written
     notice upon the occurrence of any of the following events of
     default by the other party:
<PAGE>
          6.3.1  a default by a party of any of its obligations under
     this Agreement which is not cured within 30 days of written notice
     thereof by the other party;

          6.3.2  a party or its parent corporation becoming insolvent or
     bankrupt or making an assignment for the benefit of creditors or
     being subject for 60 days to the appointment of a trustee or
     receiver for the major part of its property, or instituting or
     having instituted for 60 days bankruptcy, reorganization,
     liquidation, insolvency, or similar proceedings;

          6.3.3  failure of a party to take prompt, reasonable action
     following written request by the other party to resolve issues
     which present safety problems, employee disputes which materially
     affect the other party's ability to conduct its business, or
     potential violations of applicable law or regulations.

 6.4 In the event of a termination by Paslode under 6.2 within the
     initial Term, Paslode shall pay TecStar:

          6.4.1  the prorated cost of the air conditioning installation
     (prorated over the entire initial Term);

          6.4.2  the prorated cost of TecStar's remaining financial
     obligations or capital costs of the blow molding machines and
     related equipment, after which Paslode shall  have full ownership
     rights therein to continue to use or to sell such equipment to
     third parties; and

          6.4.3  the reasonable costs of removal and relocation to
     Germantown, Wisconsin (or another location approximately the same
     distance from Green Oaks, Illinois) of capital equipment not being
     purchased by Paslode under 6.4.2.

 6.5 In the event of a termination of this Agreement under Article 6.1,
     or by TecStar under Article 6.2, or at the normal expiration of the
     Term if the parties do not renew this Agreement, TecStar shall
     remove its property and equipment and remediate the property to the
     reasonable satisfaction of Paslode, unless Paslode elects to take
     over operation of the TecStar Facility and to compensate TecStar in
     accordance with Article 6.7.

 6.6 In the event of a termination of this Agreement due to an event of
     default by or attributable to TecStar, Paslode may, in addition to
     pursuing any and all of its remedies and rights at law or in
     equity, require TecStar to immediately relinquish the TecStar
     Facility and, at Paslode's option elect to either (a) take over
     operation of the TecStar Facility, (b) require TecStar to remove
     its property and equipment and remediate the property to the
     reasonable satisfaction of Paslode, or (c) remove the TecStar
     property and equipment and remediate the property at TecStar's cost
     and expense.

 6.7 If Paslode elects to take over operation of the TecStar Facility
     under 6.5 or 6.6(a), Paslode may continue to operate the existing
     TecStar Facility while the parties negotiate a reasonable
     compensation to TecStar for its equipment.
<PAGE>
 6.8 Paslode may terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice
     to TecStar upon the occurrence of a change in control of TecStar or
     MGS.

 ARTICLE 7  GOVERNING LAW AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 7.1 This Agreement and the legal relations between the parties shall be
     governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving
     effect to the principles of conflict of laws.

 7.2 The parties agree to attempt in good faith to amicably resolve any
     dispute arising under this Agreement, or, upon the failure of such
     resolution, to submit the dispute to final and binding arbitration
     in Chicago, Illinois.

 ARTICLE 8  MISCELLANEOUS

 8.1 Amendment and Assignment:  This Agreement may only be amended by
     written agreement executed by the parties, and may not be assigned
     by one party without the prior written agreement of the other party.

 8.2 Entire Agreement:  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
     between the parties and supersedes any prior oral and written
     agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to
     the subject matter hereof.

 8.3 Counterparts:  This Agreement may be signed in several counterparts,
     each of which shall be deemed an original.

 8.4 Binding Effect:  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to
     the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted
     assigns.

 8.5 Waiver:  Either party may by written notice to the other party
     waive performance of any obligations of the other party.

 8.6 Force Majeure:  The performance of either party shall be excused to
     the extent caused by an event beyond the reasonable control and
     without fault or negligence of the party, including without
     limitation acts of God, actions by governmental authority, fires,
     floods, explosions, riots, wars, sabotage, or labor problems (other
     than those involving the party's own employees).

 ARTICLE 9  NOTICES

 All notices and other communications required to be given hereunder
 shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when
 delivered in person or transmitted by facsimile (with delivery
 confirmation received), or on the delivery date shown on the receipt
 for overnight delivery service, registered or certified mail, if
 addressed to the party as indicated below, or to such other address as
 the party shall later specify in accordance with this Article.

 The parties have executed this Agreement as of the ____ day of
 September, 1999.
<PAGE>

 ITW PASLODE, CORDLESS TOOL GROUP  TECSTAR ILLINOIS DIVISION


 By:  THOMAS G. SOUTHALL           By: MARK G. SELLERS



     THOMAS G. SOUTHALL                 MARK G. SELLERS
     (Name)                             (Name)

     GENERAL MANAGER                    PRESIDENT AND CEO
     (Title)                            (Title)


     Address for Notices:               Address for Notices:

     888 FOREST EDGE DRIVE              W188 N11707 MAPLE ROAD
     PO BOX 8117                        BOX 1014
     VERNON HILLS, IL 60061-8117        GERMANTOWN, WI 53022-8219

     Facsimile #:  847-634-6602         Facsimile #:  414-250-2967

                                                     Exhibit 21.1

                  SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT



 1.  TecStar Mfg. Company, a Wisconsin corporation.

                                                  EXHIBIT 23.1

            CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

     As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of
 our reports (and to all references to our Firm) included in or made
a part of this registration statement.

                                      WOLF & COMPANY - MILWAUKEE, S.C.


 Milwaukee, Wisconsin
 November 29, 1999

                                                          EXHIBIT 24.1

                         POWER OF ATTORNEY

 Know All Men by These Presents:

     WHEREAS, Plastics Mfg. Company, a Wisconsin corporation
 (hereinafter referred to as the "Registrant"), proposes to file with
 the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the
 Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a registration statement on Form
 S-1 with respect to shares of common stock of the Registrant (the
 "Registration Statement");

     WHEREAS, the undersigned is Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
 Executive Officer, Treasurer, and a director of the Registrant, as
 indicated below his signature; and

     WHEREAS, the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Scott W.
 Scampini (with full power to act alone), his true and lawful
 attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and
 on his behalf to sign, execute and file this Registration Statement and
 any or all amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective
 amendments and any amendment or amendments or abbreviated registration
 statement increasing the amount of securities for which registration is
 being sought) to this Registration Statement, with all exhibits and any
 and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto, with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission or any regulatory authority, granting
 unto such attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
 authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
 necessary to be done in and about the premises in order to effectuate
 the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she might or could do
 if personally present, hereby ratifying and confirming all that such
 attorney-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their substitute or
 substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of
 Attorney this 29th day of November, 1999.

                         /S/ MARK G. SELLERS
                         Name:  Mark G. Sellers
                         Title: Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
                              Executive Officer, Treasurer, and Director

                         POWER OF ATTORNEY

 Know All Men by These Presents:

     WHEREAS, Plastics Mfg. Company, a Wisconsin corporation (hereinafter
 referred to as the "Registrant"), proposes to file with the Securities
 and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the Securities Act of
 1933, as amended, a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to
 shares of common stock of the Registrant (the "Registration
 Statement");
<PAGE>
     WHEREAS, the undersigned is Executive Vice President, Secretary,
 and a director of the Registrant, as indicated below his signature; and

     WHEREAS, the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Mark G.
 Sellers (with full power to act alone), his true and lawful
 attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him
 and on his behalf to sign, execute and file this Registration Statement
 and any or all amendments (including, without limitation,
 post-effective amendments and any amendment or amendments or
 abbreviated registration statement increasing the amount of securities
 for which registration is being sought) to this Registration Statement,
 with all exhibits and any and all documents required to be filed with
 respect thereto, with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any
 regulatory authority, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agents,
 and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
 every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
 premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and
 purposes as she might or could do if personally present, hereby
 ratifying and confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agents, or
 any of them, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or
 cause to be done.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of
 Attorney this 29th day of November, 1999.

                         /S/ SCOTT W. SCAMPINI
                         Name:  Scott W. Scampini
                         Title: Executive Vice President, Secretary, and
                                Director

                         POWER OF ATTORNEY

 Know All Men by These Presents:

     WHEREAS, Plastics Mfg. Company, a Wisconsin corporation
 (hereinafter referred to as the "Registrant"), proposes to file with
 the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the
 Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a registration statement on Form
 S-1 with respect to shares of common stock of the Registrant (the
 "Registration Statement");

     WHEREAS, the undersigned is Vice President-Finance and a director
 of the Registrant, as indicated below his signature; and

     WHEREAS, the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Mark G.
 Sellers and Scott W. Scampini, or either of them (with full power to
 either of them to act alone), his true and lawful attorney-in-fact
 and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and on his behalf
 to sign, execute and file this Registration Statement and any or all
 amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments
 and any amendment or amendments or abbreviated registration statement
 increasing the amount of securities for which registration is being
 sought) to this Registration Statement, with all exhibits and any and
 all documents required to be filed with respect thereto, with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission or any regulatory authority,
 granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full
<PAGE>
 power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
 requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order
 to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she
 might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and
 confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agents, or any of them,
 or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
 done.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of
 Attorney this 29th day of November, 1999.

                         /S/ BRUCE L. SCHNEIDER
                         Name:  Bruce L. Schneider
                         Title: Vice President-Finance and Director

                         POWER OF ATTORNEY

 Know All Men by These Presents:

     WHEREAS, Plastics Mfg. Company, a Wisconsin corporation
 (hereinafter referred to as the "Registrant"), proposes to file
 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the provisions
 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a registration statement on
 Form S-1 with respect to shares of common stock of the Registrant (the
 "Registration Statement");

     WHEREAS, the undersigned is Vice President-Sales and a director of
 the Registrant, as indicated below his signature; and

     WHEREAS, the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Mark G.
 Sellers and Scott W. Scampini, or either of them (with full power to
 either of them to act alone), his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and
 agent, with full power of substitution, for him and on his behalf to
 sign, execute and file this Registration Statement and any or all
 amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments
 and any amendment or amendments or abbreviated registration statement
 increasing the amount of securities for which registration is being
 sought) to this Registration Statement, with all exhibits and any and
 all documents required to be filed with respect thereto, with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission or any regulatory authority,
 granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full
 power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
 requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order
 to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she
 might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and
 confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agents, or any of them,
 or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
 done.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of
 Attorney this 29th day of November, 1999.

                         /S/ RUDI PETROVIC
                         Name:  Rudi Petrovic
                         Title: Vice President-Sales and Director

                         POWER OF ATTORNEY
<PAGE>
 Know All Men by These Presents:

     WHEREAS, Plastics Mfg. Company, a Wisconsin corporation
 (hereinafter referred to as the "Registrant"), proposes to file with
 the Securities and Exchange Commission, under the provisions of the
 Securities Act of 1933, as amended, a registration statement on Form
 S-1 with respect to shares of common stock of the Registrant (the
 "Registration Statement");

     WHEREAS, the undersigned is a director of the Registrant, as
 indicated below his signature; and

     WHEREAS, the undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints Mark G.
 Sellers and Scott W. Scampini, or either of them (with full power to
 either of them to act alone), his true and lawful attorney-in-fact
 and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and on his behalf
 to sign, execute and file this Registration Statement and any or all
 amendments (including, without limitation, post-effective amendments
 and any amendment or amendments or abbreviated registration statement
 increasing the amount of securities for which registration is being
 sought) to this Registration Statement, with all exhibits and any and
 all documents required to be filed with respect thereto, with the
 Securities and Exchange Commission or any regulatory authority,
 granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full
 power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
 requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises in order
 to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes as she
 might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and
 confirming all that such attorney-in-fact and agents, or any of them,
 or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be
 done.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Power of
 Attorney this 29th day of November, 1999.

                         /S/ JEFFREY A. KOLBOW
                         Name:  Jeffrey A. Kolbow
                         Title: Director


                                                     Exhibit 99.1

               FORM OF RESCISSION OFFER COVER LETTER

                       Plastics Mfg. Company
                    W190 N11701 Moldmakers Way
                     Germantown, WI 53022-8214

                              __________ ___, 1999

 [Name of State] Purchasers of PMC Common Stock

 Re: Common Stock Repurchase Offer

 Dear __________________:

     On ___________, 1999, you purchased ________ shares of our common
 stock from the Company and/or certain affiliated companies at a price
 of $___ per share.  These shares were not registered with the U.S.
 Securities and Exchange Commission or the [name of state securities
 administrator] before being offered and sold to you and other investors.
 The registration requirements of federal and state laws are intended to,
 among other things, make certain that you have adequate information
 about the Company in making an investment decision.

     The sale of stock without such registration, or an exemption from
 registration, may be a violation of the federal Securities Act of 1933,
 the [state securities law], and the law of each other state in which
 shares were sold.  As a recent purchaser of our stock, you may have the
 right under the Securities Act of 1933 to recover the amount you paid
 for the stock, plus interest from the date of your purchase.  Under
 [state] law, you may also be able to sue to recover the price paid for
 our stock, together with interest at the legal rate provided under state
 law (__%), calculated from the date you purchased the common stock, as
 well as reasonable attorneys fees.  In order to exercise your rights
 under federal or [state] law to rescind your purchase and receive the
 amount paid by you for our stock, plus interest, you must return the
 stock to us.  As a general rule, you have one year from the date of
 purchase under federal law to make such a demand and [XXX] years under
 [state] law.

     We recently filed a registration statement with the Securities and
 Exchange Commission.  By the terms of the accompanying prospectus, we
 are offering to repurchase the shares of our stock which you purchased
 on ____________, 1999.  You may elect to accept this repurchase offer
 at any time on or before _________________, 1999 (but in any event, not
 more than 30 days after the date of your receipt of this letter).

     This letter and the enclosed prospectus which forms a part of our
 registration statement are intended to provide you with the information
 you should know before you decide to accept or reject our offer to
 repurchase your shares.  Please read it carefully before you make a
<PAGE>
 decision regarding our offer to repurchase your shares.  We are offering
 to sell our shares to new investors at a price of $12 per share, but you
 should read the prospectus to make your own determination about the
 business, financial condition and prospects of the Company.  If you
 choose not to accept our offer, your shares will be automatically
 considered to be registered under the Securities Act without any further
 action on your part.

     Federal securities laws do not expressly provide that our offer to
 refund your purchase price, plus interest, will terminate your rights to
 return your shares in accordance with the provisions of the Securities
 Act.  However, we have been advised by our legal counsel that if you
 accept our offer, you will have received the full amount of any damages
 you could claim under the Securities Act for the sale of unregistered
 shares.

     Under the [state securities law], you may not sue to recover the
 consideration paid, plus interest at the legal rate, if we have made a
 repurchase offer and you have failed to accept it.  Therefore, we have
 been advised by our legal counsel that by making this offer, you will
 no longer have the right under [state] law to sue us or any of our
 directors, officers, or affiliates because we failed to register the
 shares before you purchased them.

     If we are sued by any shareholder who does not accept our repurchase
 offer, we intend to assert, among other defenses, that the shareholder
 is estopped or otherwise precluded from asserting such claim against us.

     YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED TO ACCEPT THIS REPURCHASE OFFER.   If you wish
 to accept this repurchase offer, you must:

     (1)  check the "ACCEPT" box, sign, and return the enclosed
          Rescission Offer Acceptance Form to my attention on or before
          ___________, 1999; and

     (2)  include all stock certificates representing the shares of stock
          purchased by you on __________ and the shares issued to you as
          a result of the stock split paid on September 30, 1999.  Our
          records indicate that these shares are represented by stock
          certificate numbers __________ and _________.

     After we receive your signed Rescission Offer Acceptance Form and
 your stock certificate(s), we will pay you $________ per share, plus
 interest at the legal rate of [_%] from ___________, 1999.

     If you do not return the signed Rescission Offer Acceptance Form
 within the time specified above, you will be considered as having failed
 to accept our offer and your rights under [state] law will terminate.

     I would be happy to answer any questions you might have concerning
 this offer.  Please telephone me at your convenience if I may be of
 assistance.

                              Sincerely,


                              Mark G. Sellers
                              President
<PAGE>
                       PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY

                 RESCISSION OFFER ACCEPTANCE FORM


 The undersigned ______________________________________________,  has
 received the Company's prospectus dated ___________, 19___ and letter
 dated __________, 19__ which describes the Company's offer to repurchase
 ____________ shares of Company stock.  I (we) hereby:

 <square> ACCEPT the Company's offer to repurchase my (our) shares of
          common stock.

          DATE AND SIGN THIS FORM AND RETURN IT AND YOUR STOCK
          CERTIFICATES TO THE COMPANY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE
          (OR OTHERWISE) TO THE COMPANY.  THE COMPANY MUST RECEIVE
          YOUR PROPERLY COMPLETED FORM AND STOCK CERTIFICATES ON OR
          BEFORE ______________ IF YOU WISH TO ACCEPT THIS OFFER.

          PLEASE READ THE INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY.  THEY CONTAIN IMPORTANT
          TAX INFORMATION AND DIRECTIONS CONCERNING THE STEPS YOU MUST
          TAKE IN ORDER TO PROPERLY RETURN YOUR STOCK CERTIFICATES.

          FAILURE TO ACCEPT THIS OFFER WITHIN THE TIME PERIOD DESCRIBED
          IN THE PRECEDING PARAGRAPH WILL RESULT IN THE STATUTORY WAIVER
          OF YOUR RIGHT UNDER [STATE] LAW TO HAVE THE COMPANY REPURCHASE
          YOUR PLASTICS MFG. COMPANY COMMON STOCK DESCRIBED IN THE
          ACCOMPANYING LETTER.


 Date: _________________________, 1999



 By:________________________________ By:________________________________
          (Signature)                        (Signature)

     _______________________________________________________

     _______________________________________________________
     (Please Print Name(s) as Printed on your Certificate)

                             INSTRUCTIONS

 The Acceptance Form must be completed in order for the registered holder
 of Plastics Mfg. Company (the "Company") common stock to receive a
 refund of his or her purchase price, plus accrued interest.

     1.    EXECUTION AND DELIVERY.  All certificates must be accompanied
 by a completed and signed Rescission Offer Acceptance Form.  You may
 choose any method you like to deliver these documents, however, you
 assume all risks of non-delivery.  Delivery shall be effected, and risk
 of loss and title to the certificates transmitted shall pass, only upon
 proper delivery of the certificates to the Company.  Accordingly, it is
 recommended that certificates be sent by Registered Mail, properly
 insured, or by overnight courier.  Your completed Rescission Offer
<PAGE>
 Acceptance Form and stock certificates must be mailed or delivered to
 the Company on or before __________, 1999.

     2.    SIGNATURES.  You must sign the Rescission Offer Acceptance
 Form exactly the way your name appears on the face of your
 certificate(s).  If the shares are owned by two or more persons, each
 must sign exactly as his or her name appears on the face of the
 certificate(s).

     If the Rescission Offer Acceptance Form is signed by anyone who does
 not appear as the registered owner of the certificates listed, the
 certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate stock powers
 which are in either case signed by the registered owner(s) as the name(s)
 that appear on the certificates.

     If the Rescission Offer Acceptance Form is signed by a trustee,
 executor, administrator, guardian, officer of a corporation,
 attorney-in-fact, or by any others acting in a representative or
 fiduciary capacity, the person signing, unless he is the registered
 owner, must give such person's full title in such capacity and
 appropriate evidence of authority to act in such capacity must be
 forwarded to the Company with the Rescission Offer Acceptance Form.

     3.    ENDORSEMENT OF STOCK CERTIFICATE.  You do not need to endorse
 the certificate(s) submitted herewith.  Checks will be issued in exactly
 the name that appears on the stock certificates.

     4.    LOST CERTIFICATES.  If any of your certificates have been
 lost, stolen, or destroyed, you must notify the Company at the address
 shown on the first page of the Rescission Offer Acceptance Form for
 instructions as to what you should do.  Your Rescission Offer Acceptance
 Form cannot be processed until the missing certificates have been
 replaced.  Since replacement of missing certificates normally takes some
 time, you should act promptly to replace any missing certificates.

     5.    SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9.  All holders of shares of common stock
 who accept the Company repurchase offer are required to provide the
 Company with a correct Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN) on
 Substitute Form W-9 if they have not previously provided this
 information.  Failure to provide the information on the form will
 subject the holder to 31% Federal income tax withholding.

     6.    QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION OR ASSISTANCE.  If you
 have any questions or need assistance relating to the Rescission Offer
 Acceptance Form please contact the Company (telephone: (262) 250-3720).
 You may obtain additional copies of the Rescission Offer Acceptance Form
 by calling the Company or writing to the Company at the address set
 forth on the Rescission Offer Acceptance Form.

 SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
 [TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL SHAREHOLDERS WHO ACCEPT THE COMPANY'S REPURCHASE
 OFFER AND HAVE NOT PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED THE COMPANY WITH THE APPLICABLE
 TAX WITHHOLDING INFORMATION.  IF YOU DO NOT ACCEPT THE COMPANY OFFER TO
 REPURCHASE YOUR SHARES, YOU ARE NOT REQUIRED TO COMPLETE OR RETURN THIS
 FORM AT THIS TIME.]

 (see Instruction 5)
<PAGE>
 Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury
 Payer's request for Taxpayer Identification Number ("TIN")

 PART 1 - Please provide your correct TIN below and certify by signing
 and dating below:

                ______________________________________________
                 Social Security Number or Employer ID Number

 PART 2 - Certification - Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:

 (1) the number shown on this form is my Taxpayer Identification Number
     (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me) and

 (2) I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from
     backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal
     Revenue Service (the "IRS") that I am subject to backup withholding
     as a result of failure to report all income or dividends, or (c) the
     IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup
     withholding.

     Certification Instructions: You must cross out item (2) above if you
     have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to
     backup withholding for any unreported interest or dividends on your
     tax return.  However, if after being notified by the IRS that you
     were subject to backup withholding you received another notification
     from the IRS that you are no longer subject to backup withholding,
     do not cross out such item (2).

 SIGNATURE:________________________________ DATE:_________________, 199_

 PRINT NAME:____________________________________________________________


 PART 3 - Awaiting TIN

        CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

 I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification
 number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or
 delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number to
 the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security
 Administration Office, or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application
 in the near future.  I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer
 identification number by the time of payment, 31% of all reportable
 payments made to me thereafter will be withheld, but that such amounts>
 will be refunded to me if I then provide a Taxpayer Identification
 Number within sixty (60) days.

 SIGNATURE:________________________________  DATE:________________, 199_

 NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM WILL RESULT IN BACKUP
       WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THIS
       EXCHANGE.

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>             5
<MULTIPLIER>          1,000

<S>                                        <C>
 <PERIOD-TYPE>                                    YEAR
 <FISCAL-YEAR-END>                         SEP-30-1998
 <PERIOD-END>                              SEP-30-1998
 <CASH>                                         84,813
 <SECURITIES>                                        0
 <RECEIVABLES>                               2,167,918
 <ALLOWANCES>                                        0
 <INVENTORY>                                 1,073,435
 <CURRENT-ASSETS>                            4,287,851
 <PP&E>                                      1,370,987
 <DEPRECIATION>                              (134,756)
 <TOTAL-ASSETS>                              8,462,681
 <CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       4,018,411
 <BONDS>                                             0
 <COMMON>                                    6,520,028
                                0
                                          0
 <OTHER-SE>                                  (784,228)
 <TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                4,444,270
 <SALES>                                     7,465,382
 <TOTAL-REVENUES>                            7,512,891
 <CGS>                                       7,632,398
 <TOTAL-COSTS>                               8,407,502
 <OTHER-EXPENSES>                                    0
 <LOSS-PROVISION>                                    0
 <INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             21,872
 <INCOME-PRETAX>                             (916,488)
 <INCOME-TAX>                                 367,910
 <INCOME-CONTINUING>                         (548,573)
 <DISCONTINUED>                                      0
 <EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
 <CHANGES>                                     164,414
 <NET-INCOME>                                (712,987)
 <EPS-BASIC>                                     (.19)
 <EPS-DILUTED>                                   (.19)


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission